
            ************************************************

                    Chrono Trigger (Super Nintendo):
                              the Resource

                      Version 0.65 (May 20, 2002)
                by Phoenix 1911 <phoenix.1911@hccnet.nl>

            ************************************************

  Please see the bottom of this document (section 9.) for copyright
  information, as well for information on the distributing of this file
  and how to contact the author. By gaining access to this file and/or
  using the information provided in this document, you denote the
  acceptance of the terms described in that section.


========================================================================
1. Introduction
========================================================================

  1.1 - Author's Note
  -------------------

    - Version 0.65 (May 20, 2002; 400 kB)

      Some tweaking. I've also gone through the guide and corrected some
      (but not all) STUPID errors. Big corrections for the Black Omen-
      part. Also added the endings (both acquisition and description).
      Hey, this file is EXACTLY 400 kB (409,600 bytes) now...cool!

    The original purpose of this guide was to be an accurate, complete
    and comprehensive resource for this game. However, I'm nowhere near
    perfect, so there are some, if not many errors to be found in this
    guide. All I can guarantee is that the majority of the game is
    covered as accurately as I could manage. Sorry, I didn't have time
    to work on (and finish) the appendices. Stay tuned for updates.

    Here are two links to lists of additional guides to this game. If
    you can't seem to find what you need in my guide, you might as well
    try others'.

      http://www.gamefaqs.com/console/snes/game/8914.html
      http://www.gamefaqs.com/console/psx/game/25040.html

    Enjoy.


========================================================================
2. General Information
========================================================================

------------------------------------------------------------------------
2.1 - Game Information
------------------------------------------------------------------------

  2.1.1 - Introduction
  --------------------

    Chrono Trigger. Possibly the best role-playing game ever released on
    the Super Nintendo, if not one of the best. With the 'big three' of
    Square Soft working on the game, it definitely has to be good. In my
    opinion, it is.

    The game is taking complete advantage of the Super Nintendo's visual
    capabilities, producing beautiful graphics. Sound-wise, it's truly a
    masterpiece. Also, Chrono Trigger introduces three very new aspects,
    time-traveling, multiple endings and combination-attacks. Any bad
    points? Not many.

    Chrono Trigger has been re-released for use on the PlayStation. If
    you want it, search for Final Fantasy Chronicles, which, besides the
    original Chrono Trigger along with anime cut-scenes, contains Final
    Fantasy IV. I DO hear many people complain about the loading times,
    though...


  2.1.2 - Storyline
  -----------------

    You take the role of Crono, a teenage boy. One day, one of Crono's
    friend's inventions fails, sending him through time. Visiting many
    places, discovering many things and being joined by new friends from
    various eras, you'll find out that in the future, the evil Lavos has
    destroyed the world. Your mission in Chrono Trigger is to travel
    through time, change history to save the future, stopping Lavos from
    destroying the world you're living in.


------------------------------------------------------------------------
2.2 - Getting Acquainted
------------------------------------------------------------------------

  2.2.1 - Moving About
  --------------------

    The basic thing you do in the game; exploring the world in order to
    advance. You will have to talk to people to net information, explore
    dungeons to find items, and interact with objects to continue. In
    this game, there are four kinds of screens:

    - The field screen: the rendered areas, in which most of the action
      and interaction takes place. You will see this screen when you're
      inside houses, dungeons, castles, etc. You will find other people,
      enemies, items in chests, and more things to interact with or to
      examine.

    - The battle screen: you'll find enemies on the field screen, if you
      fight them, the screen will switch over to the battle screen. From
      here, you can attack and more; refer to section 2.3.

    - The World Map: which displays the world you're in. From there, you
      can visit houses and other places; once you enter them, the screen
      will switch over to the field screen. When you approach (the
      entrance) of a building or place, the name of that place will be
      clearly shown.

    - The menu screen: you can configure your game here, equip your
      party members, and more. Refer to section 2.5. With menu screen, I
      also refer to screens such as those when you shop, or when you
      name your party members.


  2.2.2 - Interaction and Dungeon Elements
  ----------------------------------------

    In the field screen, there are many things to interact with and to
    examine. These include chests and switches; to open or switch them,
    stand in front of them and hit the action-button. In the walkthrough
    and maybe some other sections, I'll say things like, "Interact with
    this," or "Examine that." With those, I mean that you must stand in
    front of the thing I'm talking about and press the action-button.

    To talk to people, stand in front of them and hit the action-button.
    While listening to what they say, you can press the warp-button
    (defaults to Y) to move the message window up or down. Also, you can
    move while they speak (in most cases), but go too far and the window
    will disappear.

    Oh, and before I forget: with 'action-button', I refer to the A-
    button. However, since you can also configure your controls, so that
    for example, the B-button is used to interact, I'll just say action-
    button not to cause any confusion. For the default controls, check
    out section 2.5.4.

    There aren't many dungeon elements in Chrono Trigger (e.g. bushes or
    movable pillars). Well, there are doors; to open them, go 'through'
    them. For ladders, the same. There are also things called 'danger
    zones', which are invisible. See 2.2.3 for this. The last dungeon
    element I can think of is a Save Point. It appears as a group of
    sparkles; stand in it to hear a ring. Then press the action-button
    to save, and you can also use a Shelter here.


  2.2.3 - Encountering Enemies
  ----------------------------

    Unlike many other role-playing games, you will not encounter 'random
    battles', enemies that will attack randomly on the field screen or
    the World Map. YES! That's good. Instead, you'll see the enemies, so
    that you can choose to avoid them or not. Of course, not every enemy
    is avoidable, but in Chrono Trigger, the majority of them are. There
    are no surprise-attacks in this game.

    When approaching an enemy, you will more than likely fight that
    enemy. That enemy has a danger zone around him; if you step in it,
    then a battle will start. Mostly, it's obvious where not to walk if
    you want to avoid battles, but sometimes, it isn't clear where it's
    potentially dangerous and where not. If you want to avoid battles,
    use your common sense (and in some cases, the walkthrough tells you
    where it's dangerous) and stay away from enemies. However, be aware
    that there's a chance that you'll have to fight more or even other
    enemies than the one(s) shown on the screen.

    To avoid them, just don't touch them. However, that rule is not the
    way to go with many other enemies, as you may fight them if you get
    close (in an enemy's area), or they will just come to you. If the
    enemy is moving, a way to avoid a battle is to stand still, as
    battles will only start when you move into THEM, not when they move
    into YOU.


  2.2.4 - Shops and Inns
  ----------------------

    In almost every town, you'll find shops and Inns. In a shop, you can
    buy and sell things (see section 8.5 for a complete listing). The
    prices are the same everywhere (with very few exceptions). In Inns,
    you can sleep. If you do, you'll recover all your hit and magic
    points. The price of an Inn depends on the town you're in; it can be
    free but if you have to pay then it's probably not much.


------------------------------------------------------------------------
2.3 - Combat: the Basics
------------------------------------------------------------------------

  2.3 - Overview
  --------------

    Chrono Trigger brings forth the classic role-playing game system of
    equipping yourself with a weapon, going outside, fighting enemies to
    gain experience, getting better, learning new skills, all of this
    combined with the game's storyline. This section mainly focuses on
    the combat-stuff of the game.


  2.3.1 - Equipping
  -----------------

    Choosing weapons is important, as you'll need stronger weapons to
    defeat stronger enemies. Every playable character has is own weapon-
    type, and cannot equip weapons that were meant for others. Crono,
    for example, can't equip Marle's bows, while Marle can't equip the
    swords of Crono. We also have armor and helmets. Equipping defensive
    stuff is also important, since you don't want enemies to kill you in
    one hit, right? Helmets will also up your defense, albeit not as
    heavily as the armors.

    Additionally, we have accessories (various rings, stones and other
    useful stuff). Those have special characteristics. Some will up your
    stats, like your strength, while others will do other neat stuff.
    Lucca's Sight Scope, for example, can view how many hit points the
    enemy (except for bosses) has.


  2.3.2 - Combat
  --------------

    In Chrono Trigger, there are three important things that indicate a
    character's status in battle:

    - The first is hit points, also abbreviated with 'HP'. It determines
      how much damage you can take; the higher the better. If it's zero,
      you're dead (well, not really dead, but unconscious, knocked out,
      or whatever you want to call it, in other words: unable to fight).
      If all of your party members are dead, it's game over.

    - The second is magic points, mostly abbreviated with 'MP'. If you
      have enough magic points, you're able to use a 'tech', also known
      as 'magic' in other role-playing games. With techs, you're able to
      inflict damage to enemies, heal allies and much more.

    - The third is your attack gauge. It appears as a bar that fills up
      while in a battle. If it's full, you can either attack using the
      weapon you currently have equipped, use a tech, or use an item. By
      doing one of the three, your gauge will drop down to zero again,
      which means that you'll have to wait for your turn again.

    Of course, enemies won't just stand there and prepare to get hit.
    They'll exactly do the same as you; building up their attack gauge
    until they can attack. The purpose of battles is to simply attack an
    enemy, while they attack back, until you win. Oh, and you can also
    customize the flow of the battle: real-time (Active) or turn-based
    (Wait).

    When your attack gauge is full, there are three things you can do
    (of course, doing one of those will deplete the gauge again):

    - Attack. Your character will go to the enemy and use their equipped
      weapon to attack. This is the most simple attack, and it doesn't
      cost anything. Marle and Lucca will shoot using their bows and
      guns. However, if the target is very close to them, then they'll
      slap the enemy using their weapon. This does half the damage they
      would normally do.

    - Use a tech. Each playable character has specific techs (also known
      as 'magic' in other role-playing games) that are mostly offensive
      or curative. Using one of these will take up some magic points.
      Usually, the more powerful or useful the tech is, the more magic
      points you will need.

    - Use an item. You probably have a number of items with you, mostly
      healing items (e.g. Tonics or Ethers). After you use an item, it
      will disappear, but you can always get more elsewhere.

    Since you'll also get hit back, you will also need to prevent your
    characters from getting their hit points down to zero. The best is
    to keep your hit points high, so you won't encounter surprises when
    enemies are able to defeat your fighters with one blow. To refill
    hit points, you can use a tech (such as *Cure) or use an item (such
    as a Tonic).


  2.3.3 - Techs
  -------------

    While you CAN use only physical attacks, the tech-system wasn't made
    for nothing. Mostly, techs are more powerful than normal physical
    attacks, and some enemies have weaknesses (e.g. a Water-type enemy
    is more vulnerable to Fire-techs). The only drawback is that techs
    require magic points, but that can't be a real problem.

    You learn techs as you progress. The more battles you win, the more
    tech points you'll earn; as soon as someone has acquired a specific
    amount of points (refer to section 8.1.1 for the exact amounts), he
    or she will learn a tech. (There is one special situation where this
    rule doesn't apply, where techs will be granted.)

    Anyway, Chrono Trigger introduces a very innovative system when it
    comes to techs; dual techs and triple techs! A dual tech is the
    combination of two characters' techs in order to perform a (mostly)
    more powerful technique, and triple techs are the same except there
    are three of them.

    You won't have to earn tech points to learn dual or triple techs. If
    you just have the required techs and go into any battle with the
    needed characters for the techs, you'll 'learn' it automatically
    upon winning. Once you have one of those techs and when the needed
    characters have their gauges filled, 'Tech' on their command-menu
    will change into 'Comb'; this enables your characters to do the dual
    or triple tech you want to use.

      Note: Some triple techs require at least one user to have a rock
            equipped, or else the tech won't be accessible. This is only
            the case with groups in which Crono isn't included.


  2.3.4 - Damage Points
  ---------------------

    While fighting, lots of numbers pop out on the screen. When you
    attack an enemy, a number in white will show up showing how much
    damage (in hit points) you've done to that enemy. And vice-versa, if
    an enemy does damage to you, then that number will appear on your
    character.

      Note: The maximum damage you can do is not 9999. If you use a tech
            which does over 9999 damage, the screen will still read 9999
            and not more. So, the game still calculates past that, and
            don't worry. For healing techs, the 'limit' is 999.

    If that number is green, then you won't lose, but GAIN hit points.
    This happens when you, for example, use a curative item (such as a
    Tonic) on one of your party members, or if you use an elemental tech
    on an enemy that absorbs that elemental type. Note that it's also
    possible to gain or lose MAGIC points, there's no difference in how
    this is displayed.

    If, when doing an attack, the screen flashes for a moment, then you
    have done a critical hit. The damage you'll do is twice the damage
    you normally do. Unfortunately, this doesn't happen very much (it
    depends on your weapon; see 8.2.1 for details), and you won't get
    them when using magic.

    Besides a critical hit, we also have a miss. How many times this
    occurs depends on how high the enemy's evade rate and how low your
    hit rate is. Some enemies (like Spekkio) have this characteristic
    that ALL physical attacks miss. You can only miss when you use
    physical attacks, and the damage you do is obviously zero.


  2.3.5 - Escape
  --------------

    Know when to run. If your hit points are low and you seem to have
    forgotten to buy some healing items, or if you just want to skip
    that long and annoying battle, then press and hold L and R for some
    time.

    This is not possible in boss-battles or when fighting enemies as a
    part of the storyline (such as the four Naga-ettes in the Cathedral
    of 600 A.D.).


  2.3.6 - After the Battle
  ------------------------

    After completing a battle (by defeating all enemies), you will
    receive an amount of experience points, tech points, G, and items.
    If you've gotten enough experience points, then you'll level up, and
    if you've gotten enough tech points, then you will learn a new tech.
    For dual techs and triple techs, you will only need to have learned
    the techs needed, and finish a battle with all needed characters.

    If you finish a battle when you have companions with zero hit points
    (which means they're 'dead'), they'll revive after the battle with
    one hit point left. Be sure to heal those, as well as people with
    low hit points.


------------------------------------------------------------------------
2.4 - Combat: Advanced
------------------------------------------------------------------------

  2.4.1 - Elements
  ----------------

    In Chrono Trigger, there are only four elements:

    - Lightning: effective against Shadow. Just consider this to be
      'white' magic, or holy magic, whatever.

    - Shadow: this is Lightning, Water and Fire combined. However, that
      doesn't mean it's thrice as strong, it's just the opposite of our
      Lightning-type above.

    - Water: the opposite of Fire. Note that there is no such thing as
      an Ice element. Ice is exactly the same as Water, except that it
      looks different. Use this against Fire-types.

    - Fire: the opposite of Water. Use it on enemies that like to play
      with water. Play with water, you'll get burned.

    The elements exist in pairs: Lightning and Shadow, Water and Fire.
    Use the opposite elemental on foes to inflict more damage. Using the
    same elemental magic on them won't result in a lot of damage; if you
    are lucky, you'll do some damage, and if you're not, you'll either
    heal the enemy or do MUCH less damage.

    Besides these four elements, you also have things like physical
    damage, curative magic, and so forth. These are not affiliated with
    any element. However, there are also some non-elemental techs; these
    aren't elemental, but DO inflict magical damage.

    In the game, some techs have an asterisk ('*') right before their
    name. These indicate that it's an elemental spell. No, actually not,
    you only THINK that it's an elemental spell. Lucca's Flame Toss
    doesn't have an asterisk, for example, but it DOES inflict Fire-
    damage.


  2.4.2 - Character's Statistics
  ------------------------------

    Each character has specific statistics that determine his or her
    strength on specific areas. Some people, for example, are stronger
    physically, but others are weak but have powerful magic. The max for
    every stat (with an exception) is 99; when a stat reaches that, it
    will read '**'. Here's, on alphabetical order, the listing:

    - Evade: this is the opposite of Hit Rate; if you have a high evade
      rate, enemies will land less hits on you.

    - Hit rate: affects the amount of hits you will land on an enemy. If
      you have a low hit rate while the enemy has a high evade, you are
      more than likely going to miss attacks. This also affects how much
      damage Marle and Lucca will do when shooting using their bows and
      guns.

    - Level: the higher it is, the more experienced you are. When you
      gain a certain amount of experience points, you'll level-up, and
      stats will increase. Also affects how much damage some techs will
      do.

    - Magic defense: pretty self-explanatory. It determines how much
      damage you'll sustain from enemies' magical attacks.

    - Magic: determines how much damage you inflict using techs. For
      most techs, your Level is also factored into that.

    - Power: is, well, your power. This determines how much damage your
      characters will do when attacking physically or when using techs
      that are based on their power.

    - Speed: the only stat that doesn't increase as you level-up. It
      determines how fast your attack gauge fills; the higher it is, the
      better, the more turns you will have in a battle. Too bad the max
      you can have is only 16, but Haste-status may help there.

    - Stamina: stamina is your base defense. Along with the defense of
      the armor and helmet you're currently wearing, it determines how
      much damage you will take from enemies' physical attacks. The more
      the better.


  2.4.3 - Negative Status Effects
  -------------------------------

    Some attacks by enemies inflict negative status abnormalities, and
    some techs or items will inflict positive status effects. You can
    also inflict those nasty effects on the enemy, by using a tech that
    does that or by wearing a weapon capable of doing that.

    To prevent the bad things being done to you, wear status-protective
    armor or helmets. If you don't do that, you can use a 'Heal' after
    you've been hit to negate it, or use a status-healing tech. When you
    are inflicted by a bad status effect, you'll sustain more damage,
    and lastly, status effects will disappear once a battle ends or when
    the affected character falls. Here's a listing:

    - Blind: you can't see too well, which means that you'll miss more
      attacks. An eye with a cross will appear above the character's
      head when affected.

    - Chaos: better known as 'Confused'. You will lose control over your
      character, and he or she will randomly attack enemies or allies.
      Fortunately, no techs are being used, only physical attacks. When
      someone has been affected by Chaos, you can see a star above the
      character's head and he or she is laughing. A good hit will cure
      this.

    - HP down: the affected will gradually lose hit points. If you're
      high in the levels, this shouldn't be a real threat. You can see
      that you're affected by this by looking at your hit points.

    - Lock: you can't use techs. You'll have to have someone to use a
      Heal to heal this. Some enemies have this attack called 'Lock All'
      it affect all characters and prevents the use of techs and items
      (nasty). This cannot be cured nor prevented. Characters inflicted
      by Lock, which is also known as Darkness, will have a question
      mark above their head.

    - Poison: your hit points will slowly decrease and your attacks are
      slightly weakened. Blue bubbles will appear above the character's
      head when affected.

    - Sleep: this simply means that you're sleeping. You can't move and
      your defense is lowered. A good hit will wake you up again.

    - Slow: a white line will be bordered around the character. Just as
      the name says, you are slow when this happens. You can cast *Haste
      to speed up again, or just use a Heal.

    - Stop: immobilizes and disables you. You can't do anything since
      your attack gauge doesn't fill up anymore, so have someone use a
      Heal on you or finish off the battle quickly. A clock will appear
      above the affected character's head.


  2.4.4 - Positive Status Effects
  -------------------------------

    However, there are also good things! Here's a listing:

    - Barrier: magical damage will be cut by one third. You can use a
      Barrier (item) to get this or wear specific equipment. Characters
      inflicted with Barrier will have a green border around them. Note
      that Barrier and Shield can't be on the same character, unless one
      has been acquired via equipment.

    - Berserk: your character will automatically attack. While in this
      status, you'll do 150 percent damage and physical damage done to
      you will be cut by one third (Shield-status). You can only get
      this status effect by wearing a Berserker (accessory).

    - Haste: your speed is doubled. You can get Haste-status by casting
      *Haste (a single tech by Marle) or by equipping a Haste Helmet.
      Characters inflicted with Haste will have a red border around
      them.

    - Regen MP: you will regain 5 magic points per 10 seconds. This is a
      status effect that actually shouldn't exist... You can get this by
      using the accessory Seraph Song, which can't be found in the game
      without hacking, and Ozzie (in his ice-barrier) starts with it.

    - Revive: characters inflicted with Revive-status will be revived
      automatically when hit points are at zero. This will only happen
      once. You can get this by wearing a Green Dream or by using the
      triple tech Lifeline.

    - Shield: physical damage will be cut by one third. You can use a
      Shield (item) to get this or wear specific equipment. Characters
      inflicted with Shield will have a yellow border around them. Note
      that Barrier and Shield can't be on the same character, unless one
      has been acquired via equipment.


------------------------------------------------------------------------
2.5 - Customization
------------------------------------------------------------------------

  2.5 - Overview
  --------------

    This section mainly focuses on the menu screen, which will appear
    once you press the menu-button (defaults to X). From the menu, a
    horizontal bar with six images of sub-screens. Select using the
    directional buttons and hit action when highlighting the option you
    want. Here's a quick overview of the sub-screens:

      Characters        - view your companions' stats and equipment
      Items             - view what items you have or use them
      Techs             - information about the techs you have
      Configuration     - customize things such as your controls
      Exchange          - change order of party members
      Save              - save your game


  2.5.1 - Characters
  ------------------

    Here, you'll see three boxes on the left, representing characters in
    your party. To the right, you'll see detailed information of the
    highlighted character (note that you can scroll down if you have
    more than three party members!).

    To be precise, you'll see the character status (hit points and magic
    points, as well as his or her attack and defense power) to the left,
    and to the right, you'll find a picture of the character, his or her
    element, equipment, and statistics.

    To equip different weapons, armor, helmets or accessories on your
    character, hit the action-button when highlighting the party member
    of who you want to change his or her equipment from. The arrow point
    will now focus on your equipment; depending on what's highlighted,
    the left area of the screen will list down what equipment you have.
    Select what you want to change and select what you want it to be,
    and you're finished!

    Wait, that's not all. Besides equipment, you'll also see the stats
    of your party members. Most of them are covered in section 2.3.7, so
    check that out for more info. At the bottom of the screen, you'll
    find 'EXP' and 'NEXT': these two indicate respectively how many
    experience points you have, and how many points you will need to
    level-up.


  2.5.2 - Items
  -------------

    Here, you can find a list of items that you currently have, as well
    as how many you have of them and what you can do with them. Some
    items are yellow; this indicates that you can use them outside of
    battle (which is in fact now). Mostly, these are healing items, but
    they also include 'tabs', which will increase stats permanently by
    one.

    On top of the screen, you can select 'Use/Move' and 'Organize'. The
    Use/Move-thing will let you use or move items; click on an item
    once, then move it to the place you want it to be and click again to
    move it there. Place useful items on top so that you won't have to
    scroll too much in battle. The Organize-option will sort the item-
    list for you automatically.

    Or, if you want to use an item, then click on it twice. If the item
    isn't usable (it isn't yellow), then nothing will happen when you
    try to use it. On the bar above the list, you'll see info about the
    highlighted item; when the selected item has something special, then
    you'll see it there. For equipment, you can double-click on them to
    find more detailed information.


  2.5.3 - Techs
  -------------

    In here, you can see what techs you have, how many tech points you
    will need to get the next one, dual and triple techs, and if needed,
    use some. Press up and down to switch between characters, and press
    left and right to switch between single, dual and triple techs.

    Again, techs in yellow can be used outside of battle. They're always
    healing techs, but the only usable techs are the single techs. Also,
    some techs are displayed in grey; this means that you don't have it
    yet but it will be the next tech you'll learn. Move the cursor over
    it to see how many tech points you'll need. Oh, and note that techs
    that should be yellow aren't yellow if the caster isn't in your
    active party.

    In the left part of the screen, you can see the requirements of the
    selected tech (what characters and how many magic points needed).
    In the bar on the bottom of the screen, you'll see the description
    of the tech that's highlighted.


  2.5.4 - Configuration
  ---------------------

    The configuration sub-screen is the place where you can customize
    things, set settings and more. On the left, you'll see checkboxes,
    the things to change. On the right, you'll see the settings that you
    can change those things into. Here's a breakdown:

    - Stereo: check the box to have stereo-sound, have it not checked to
      have monaural-sound. Stereo means that the left speaker and right
      speaker will produce different (not TOO different) sound, mono is
      that there's no difference between the two.

    - Battle Mode: changes whether you want to have Active- or Wait-mode
      when fighting. See section 3.1.1 for info on what this actually
      means.

    - Save Menu Cursor?: know that horizontal bar in the middle when
      accessing the menu? This option makes the cursor stay where it was
      before you left the menu, when accessing it again.

    - Save Battle Cursor?: see above, but then the command-menu in
      battle.

    - Save Skill/Item Cursor?: see above, but then when selecting a tech
      or an item in battle.

    - Battle Speed: with this, you can configure the speed of battles
      and how fast text will be displayed. Lower is faster, 5 is default
      for both options.

    - Window Color: not only this changes the window COLOR, it also
      changes the window FRAME. Neat, although there aren't many themes
      to choose from, and most of them aren't too beautiful.

    - Battle Gauge: can be changed into 'Off', '1' and '2'. Default is
      1. Actually, it doesn't affect the gauge itself, but how your
      status is displayed. Your status is divided into three 'fields';
      when the third character has his or her attack gauge filled, his
      or her command-menu will cover the first field, so you can't see
      what it displays (which is why you may want to configure this).

      Should you change it to Off, then field one will show the selected
      character, the rest displays your current and max hit points, as
      well as your current magic points. If you have 1, then field one
      is character, field two is hit and magic points, field three is
      the gauge. With 2, you will see the hit and magic points first,
      then the character and the gauge.

    - Control Pad: configures what button on your controller does what.
      Here are the default controls (if you want to reset the controls
      once you've configured them, then just hit the box again to un-
      check it):

        Confirm         - A (action)
        Cancel          - B (cancel)
        Menu            - X (opens up menu)
        Dash            - B (run when on the field screen)
        Map             - S (Select, shows the map on the World Map)
        Warp            - Y (change party members)

      Oh, if you want to reset the game, you can do that software-wise
      by pressing and holding L and R, then hit the Start and Select-
      buttons.

    - Skill/Item Info.: changes whether there's a bar on top or bottom
      of the screen when selecting an tech or item in battle. That bar
      displays what the tech or item does.


  2.5.5 - Exchange
  ----------------

    You can change the order of your characters, although there aren't
    many reasons to do so. If you want to exchange characters with those
    that aren't in your party, hit the warp-button (default is Y) when
    not in the menu screen.


  2.5.6 - Save
  ------------

    Use this to save your game. You can do this on the World Map or when
    you're standing in a Save Point. Choose a slot (there are three of
    them), and save! You'll be prompted to overwrite save-games when it
    is needed. You can't LOAD your game here, to do that you'll need to
    reset the game.

    Oh, and now that we're talking about saving the game; Chrono Trigger
    works with chapters. When saving a game, the slot you'll save it in
    will get a name, there are twenty-six of them. Each represents a
    chapter. The chapters used in the walkthrough are those, with the
    exception of the side-quests.


========================================================================
3. Walkthrough
========================================================================

  3. Notes
  --------

    Before starting, some things I have to remind you of.

    - This walkthrough was mainly written for a New Game, but also has
      info about New Game +. This means that when you're going through a
      New Game, you'll have to ignore the info about the various endings
      scattered throughout the walkthrough, and in a New Game +, don't
      take note of the useless advice (e.g. to buy this and wear it,
      while you already have MUCH better stuff).

    - When I say something like, "Go up, and then left," I mean that you
      should go up and left ON THE SCREEN. And with compass-directions
      (north is up, east is right, south is down, west is left), I also
      mean that when I say, "Go north, and then west," to go up and left
      on the screen.

    - Items, techs or names of which the names were shortened because of
      restrictions (e.g. items can only have one symbol and ten chars),
      are written down fully in the walkthrough. In the lists, the in-
      game names are used. (Not that you care about this.)

    - Various notes are scattered throughout the walkthrough. Read them,
      they're good for you. There also some quotes from the game, which
      are special in some way and are worth it to be placed in this
      guide. Those are noted by 'QotD', Quote of the Day. Yeah, sorry, I
      couldn't think of anything better :).

    - The walkthrough is BIG. Lots of unnecessary detail. If you're an
      impatient man and can't wait to read those large chumps of text,
      then you might want to consult another source... Sorry.

    - Finally, this is a sequential walkthrough and full of SPOILERS. If
      that really bothers you, don't read further but only read the part
      or parts that you need and only when you need to. If you've gone
      through the game already, you can use this guide to see what you
      have missed.

    - I'll shut up now, on with the good stuff...


------------------------------------------------------------------------
3.1 - The Millennial Fair
------------------------------------------------------------------------

  3.1 - Preliminary
  -----------------

    It's the dawn of the new millennium. There's a huge festival north
    of the village and everybody's there having fun. Except for the hero
    of the game that is going to save the world, who is still sleeping.


  3.1.1 - Active or Wait?
  -----------------------

    Anyway, to start the game, plug the cartridge in your Super Nintendo
    and turn it on. In case you're emulating, load the ROM-dump. When
    the game starts, you'll see a pendulum and also the words 'Chrono
    Trigger' appear. If you wait, you'll see some scenes from the game
    (i.e. impressive graphics).

    Once you're starting a new game (that will happen automatically if
    you haven't played and saved the game before), you'll be given the
    choice whether you want to use the 'Active'-mode or the 'Wait'-mode.
    What you choose won't affect the storyline, but the combat system.

    Choosing Active will let you fight in real-time mode, which means
    that enemies won't wait for you to make a choice. If you select the
    Wait-mode, however, the enemy will just sit down and relax, so you
    have time to choose things carefully and you won't get pressured.
    This can be changed later (check section 2.5.4), so don't worry if
    you don't know what to choose.

    Lastly, you'll be given the option to name the main character, which
    seems to be you. 'Crono' is the default name, and in this guide,
    default names will be used. Also note that names are limited to five
    characters. Once you're done, the game will finally start.


  3.1.2 - Good Morning, Crono!
  ----------------------------

    The game will start in Crono's own room. His mom will enter, trying
    to wake up Crono. She'll also open the curtains and notice the
    Millennial Fair. After that, she'll go downstairs, while Crono will
    be trying to get out of his bed.

    You'll gain control over Crono. As of now, you can close or open the
    curtains. If you re-enter your room or if you come back here later,
    you can also examine the pot and your bed. The pot contains the
    ounces of cat food you currently have, and should you decide to take
    a nap, you'll restore all of your hit and magic points. Once you're
    satisfied with your room, go downstairs, following your mom.

    Speak with her, she'll notice your friend Lucca (who you can name at
    this point of the game). She'll remind you that Lucca has invented
    something and that she had invited you to come over. After that, she
    will go to the kitchen. Now, talk to her again to receive your long-
    awaited allowance, 200G.

      Note: You can bring new party members to your mom. Nothing really
            important will happen, but she may say some interesting, and
            sometimes even funny things, regarding them.

    Once you're finished in this place, leave the house to arrive on the
    World Map. From the World Map, you'll need to go to Leene Square,
    but you may want to go to the following places first.


  3.1.3 - Exploration (Optional)
  ------------------------------

    Our first stop is the Mayor's Manor. The lady at the entrance will
    tell you that this is some kind of tutorial place, and that you may
    take everything you encounter (the items in chests). And, since this
    is a place to learn about the game, it's recommended that you talk
    to everyone if you're new to it.

    Once you're ready, open the chest on the first floor (a Tonic), and
    go upstairs. Here are four people and a chest that contains 100G.
    Grab the money, and talk to the people if you want. Be sure to talk
    to the man in the middle twice, he'll give you 300G.

    Now, you can head for Guardia Forest to try out those techniques
    you've learned in the manor on Hetakes and Beetles, but unless you
    want to pump Crono full of Power Tabs earlier in the game (there's a
    Power Tab at the far right side of the path), this isn't the way to
    go, yet. North of the forest is Guardia Castle, but the guards will
    tell you to go away. Ignore the whole Guardia thing for now.

    And then we have the town Porre. In the Mayor's Manor, you can find
    a greedy mayor that will give you 10G should you act like a chicken;
    you can do this unlimited times. If you go upstairs, you'll find a
    chest with a Shelter; be sure to take it. Ignore the sealed chests,
    those cannot be opened yet. Oh, there's also a Market in this town.
    Refer to section 8.5.1 for a listing.

    That's that. Now, head for Leene Square.


  3.1.4 - Leene Square
  --------------------

    You can find many mini-games, shops and people here. Most games are
    games where you can earn Silver Points. Once you're done collecting
    them, you can spend them in the Tent of Horrors, or you can exchange
    them for G. To buy stuff, you'll need to talk to any of the people
    in the stalls for items and armor, or the odd-looking guy, Melchior,
    for weapons. Refer to section 8.5.2 for a listing of the stuff.

    For an easy start, buy a Karate Gi and Bronze Helmet. For an easier
    start, also buy the Iron Blade; don't forget to equip them! You can
    also fight some enemies, get some cash and buy the Lode Sword, but
    that's a waste of your time, since you won't really need it (you'll
    get it for free, TWICE, later in the game).

    To continue, go to the center of the fair. Here's a strange chick
    happily running around, and you'll eventually bump into her. You'll
    both fall, and she'll help you up. Now, talk to her again to check
    if she's alright. Then, take the pendant and return it to her. She
    will say that she isn't from this place, and she will ask you if she
    can join you (after all, that was the intention of bumping into her,
    eh?). Once you do, you'll name her (the default name is 'Marle').
    Once she joins you, you'll regain control over your party.

    Before you start playing the mini-games, you'll need to do several
    small things that will affect the storyline a bit.

    - Go to Melchior, who can be found in the first section of the fair.
      If you had spoken to the woman next to him, you'll know that this
      salesman pays big bucks for rarities and more. If you then talk to
      Melchior, he'll sell you weapons. In the end, however, he will ask
      you to try to persuade Marle into selling her pendant. The pendant
      isn't yours, so DO NOT try to do it. Or, don't talk to him at all.

    - In the second section is a package of food, left of the screen. DO
      NOT try to touch it, or it will be considered stealing, and that
      is something you probably don't want to happen. It's from the old
      man walking around. If you, for some reason, feel the sudden need
      to take it, you'll recover all hit and magic points.

    - In the second section, right of the screen, is a little girl. Talk
      to her, and you'll notice that she had lost her cat. Now, go to
      the left of the screen and interact with the cat ONCE. Do it more
      than once, and the cat will run away. Return it to the girl and
      make them both happy.


  3.1.5 - The Mini-games (Optional)
  ---------------------------------

    Alright, that's it for the essential stuff. You'll need to amuse
    yourself, and the mini-games are the perfect outlet for you. Read
    the following for descriptions, strategies and tips for the games,
    or just skip them and continue (you can always return later).

    - Mini-game: ring the bell!

      Go back to the first screen, and go all the way to the left. To
      start the game, interact with the bell. Then press the A-button to
      smash into it. The further away you are from the bell, the higher
      it will go. Should you manage to ring it, you'll obtain 1 Silver
      Point, but that's almost equivalent to nothing. So, don't waste
      your time doing this.

    - Mini-game: the soda-guzzling contest!

      Go to the second area of the square and head for the right. Here's
      a guy by a table. Talk to him for the game's explanation; our
      objective is to press the A-button repeatedly, and as fast as you
      can. The more you press it, the more you'll drink. If you manage
      to drink all eight cans in the time limit, you'll get 5 Silver
      Points.

      You'll need to hit the A-button eight times in order to drink one
      soda. If you're the lucky one with some kind of turbo-controller,
      or the illegal one with an emulator, just press and hold the up-
      button and use the turbo-function on the A-button. If Marle isn't
      in your party, she won't give a remark once you win, and it'll
      even go faster.

    - Mini-game: beat Gato!

      Gato, Lucca's dumb robot, is located in the westernmost section of
      the fair (from the second screen, going left, past the man). Talk
      to him, and he'll start a battle. Gato will counterattack when he
      is close to you, so don't forget about that. He has 76 HP, and you
      will receive 15 Silver Points, but also 10 experience points and 1
      tech point, should you defeat him. If you lose, don't worry, the
      party will stay alive with one hit point left.

    - Mini-game: guess the winner!

      The hardest game in the fair, and it can be found in the first
      area. There's a man in the easternmost stall; talk to him when a
      race is finished (when all four racers are standing still). Then,
      place your bets on one of the following racers:

        Steel Runner    - the soldier
        Green Ambler    - the dude in the alien suit
        Catalack        - yes, the cat
        G. I. Jogger    - the blue one

      If you've guessed the winner (the right one), you'll receive a
      whopping 20 Silver Points. Yes, that is a lot. Unfortunately, it's
      mostly luck if you manage to get those points.

      There's no pattern to win every time, but wait, there IS some kind
      of trick. First, talk to the old man that's been watching the race
      all the time to get 'advice' (his advice may be wrong at times, so
      you can't rely on it). Then, place your bets on that racer. Once
      the race has begun, you can slow down others by talking to them
      repeatedly. This may be a hard job, but if you practice, you'll
      earn some big bucks!

    - Mini-games: the Tent of Horrors!

      This isn't a mini-game where you can WIN Silver Points, but you'll
      have to SPEND them here. The Tent of Horrors can be found in the
      first screen. Go all the way to the right and enter it. Inside,
      you can choose between three games. The prices differ, and so do
      the prizes.

      - Should you pay 10 Silver Points, you'll play a mini-game where
        you'll need to memorize three different people, who all look the
        same. They'll mix up, after which you'll need to find one among
        the three. You can choose between Vicks, Wedge, and Piette. Once
        you win, you'll get a Poyozo Doll, which will be located in your
        room. Winning again will get you a small amount of cat food.

        If you're using an emulator capable of saving states, just save
        before choosing and load if you choose the wrong one. If you're
        not, it's mostly luck, or you'll have to have VERY good eyes...

      - Paying 40 Silver Points will bring you to a mimic-game where a
        clone of the main character will appear. The clone will do some
        moves, and you'll need to mimic them. Here are the controls:

          Y-button      - laugh
          A-button      - act surprised
          L-button      - raise your left hand
          R-button      - raise your right hand

        Please note that the clone's left hand is your right hand, and
        vice-versa (acts like a mirror). Once you win (mimic the clone's
        moves long enough), you'll win a clone of your main character.
        If you win again, you'll receive a medium amount of cat food.

      - If you pay 80 Silver Points, you'll do a harder game. It's also
        requiring a second character (Marle will do fine). You have two
        goals: the main goal is to prevent the character from hitting
        the flames. There will be a shining dot in the left side that'll
        appear once in a time. Using it will raise the second character
        a bit. Meanwhile, you'll also need to push away three monsters,
        back into the cave.

        If the second character hits the flames, or if the monsters hit
        you, you'll lose. Or if you manage to push back the monsters to
        where they came from, AND if you've prevented the other one from
        having their butt burned to a crisp, you'll win. Winning will
        net you a cat, and if you win again, you'll snatch a high amount
        of cat food for your cats.

        Try to hold the dash-button, as it will help. And when the game
        starts, press the action-button as fast as possible so you'll
        push one monster back before it even sees the light of the day.

      If you return to the Tent of Horrors later with another party
      member in lead of the party, you'll win a Poyozo Doll or a clone
      for THAT character. The two toys will be located in the 'home' of
      them, which is in Crono's case his own room. No, nothing really
      important will happen, but it's fun to collect them all.

      No, who am I kidding? You will need to get a clone of Crono later
      in the game to advance, and to save the trouble for later, win it
      now! Do that! You will thank me later.

      And there are also cats. Once you win a cat, it'll be placed in
      Crono's room. Two cats in combination with cat food will result in
      the production of more kittens. If you have nothing better to do,
      why don't you collect some cats? However, be sure to keep the pot
      with cat food filled; without having something to eat, they may
      run away! The maximum of cats you can have is eleven; the last one
      will be purple. Once you get that cat, your cats will not run away
      anymore, no matter how little there is in the pot with food.

    - Mini-game: tribal dance!

      This is another mini-game in Leene Square, but there are no Silver
      Points involved with it in any way. It is some kind of tribal
      dance, and it's located in the opposite section of where Gato is.
      Here, you can press several buttons to make your character dance.
      Talk to the people here to get some more information. Here are the
      controls (aside from the regular controls):

        X-button        - dance
        Y-button        - dance (smacking your butt...dancing?)
        L-button        - laugh
        R-button        - act surprised

    Don't forget that the limit of Silver Points that you can have is
    only 200, so be sure to spend them when you have enough. Every other
    Silver Point that you'll receive, after you've reached the limit,
    will be completely lost.


  3.1.6 - The Telepod
  -------------------

    Anyway, you're here to see Lucca's invention, right? To visit her,
    you'll need to talk to any of the girls near the fountain in the
    first screen, or to one of the shopkeepers. They'll say something
    about the invention. They'll also notice that is should be ready and
    prepared by now.

    Go all the way to the far side of the square. Try to enter, though,
    and Marle will stop you. She'll want to buy some candy. Once she's
    waiting in front of a stand, DO NOT move until she is finished. When
    she's done, you may proceed.

    Taban, Lucca's dad, will introduce the invention. Talk to him, and
    you will become aware that nobody wants to try it... Except for you,
    of course. Talk to Lucca (the one with the goofy glasses), and hop
    onto the left pod. You'll then be warped to the right pod, and of
    course, the public is utterly astonished by this performance.

      QotD: Taban: "It...WORKED?! I CAN'T BELIEVE IT! Uh, er, a
            thrilling display of science at its best, ladies and
            gentlemen!"

      Note: If you're playing a New Game +, then a shining dot will be
            in the right pod. Making contact with it will warp you to
            the final boss of the game (so you can see different endings
            anytime). See 7.1.1 for more information on this. Defeating
            it now will net you the ending 'The Dream Project'.

    Marle will want to try it too. Talk to her, and let her use it. When
    they're about to start, however, something strange will happen.
    After the music-change, her pendant starts glowing, and some kind of
    portal will appear. Marle will be sucked in, and after that, she's
    gone...

    Well, you know what to do now. Take the pendant, and be the hero of
    the day. Lucca and Taban will reactivate the invention, and the same
    thing will happen to you. But what will happen next?

      Note: You can actually talk to Marle BEFORE you try the invention,
            and she'll say she wants to do it TOO. Weird, eh? Since
            nothing in the plot or the game will be changed, you can use
            this little trick to quickly continue.


------------------------------------------------------------------------
3.2 - The Queen Returns
------------------------------------------------------------------------

  3.2 - Preliminary
  -----------------

    Now Marle has disappeared, you'll need to find her. You've followed
    her through the portal, and you'll land in a grove. Once you leave
    the canyon, you'll notice that Truce is...different. Why, what's
    going on?


  3.2.1 - Disappearance of Marle
  ------------------------------

    You'll end up somewhere in a grove. There's only one way out, so
    follow the left path. When you try to leave, though, or if you wait
    a time, a group of three Blue Imps will attack. If you're full on
    health, they shouldn't be any problem. Once you're finished, move,
    following the path.

      Tip!: If two or more enemies cluster together, use Cyclone, or any
            other attack that functions the same way, to hit them all.
            Make use of this strategy throughout the game.

    Climb the ladder, and continue to the left. There's a bridge. Cross
    it and eventually you'll be attacked by two Blue Imps. Head for the
    left, and open the chest to receive a Tonic. Southeast of you is
    another chest, containing a Power Glove. Be sure to equip it, and go
    on. You'll cross two Blue Imps playing with a Roly on your way (they
    can be avoided). Once you're ready, go outside.


  3.2.2 - Exploration (Optional)
  ------------------------------

    North of you is Truce Canyon, where you just came from. And in the
    village is a market. You can stock up on items and equipment and at
    this point of the game, that may be useful. Even now Lucca isn't in
    your party, you'll be needing the Dart Gun for her. Don't buy any of
    the other stuff, as you won't need it. Refer to section 8.5.3 for a
    listing.

    In Truce Inn (and of course, the other houses too), you can get some
    information on what's happening right now, and where you are. If you
    do, you'll learn that the Queen in this time has been rescued. If
    you're low on health, be sure to sleep at the Inn, which will cost
    you 10G. Once you're finished, head for Guardia Forest.


  3.2.3 - The Kingdom of Guardia
  ------------------------------

    First, go north, and go right at the intersection that follows. Two
    Rolies and a Green Imp will then attack you. Continue and follow the
    lower path. You can find two shining dots here; the upper one is a
    Power Tab, so take it. The lower one (which sparkles constantly)
    will invite two Roly Riders. Not good.

    Return back to the intersection, and follow the upper path. On your
    way, you'll encounter some shaking bushes. Examine the left one to
    scare off a Kilwala. That Kilwala will drop a Shelter. Note that you
    can do this unlimited times (you'll have to re-enter). The other
    bushes contain enemies.

    To continue, just follow the path. Three Roly Riders will attack you
    (unless you stay close to the trees on your right side). In the end,
    leave the forest (the right passageway is a dead-end with a sealed
    chest, so ignore it for now).

    Upon entering the castle, two soldiers will make fun out of you, but
    they won't let you enter. The Queen, however, will let you in. Go to
    the right, and then down the stairs to arrive in the kitchen (fully
    optional, though).

    Go all the way down. Here, open the chest for an Ether (you can also
    talk to the people, if you like). If you want, go back to the table,
    use the upper-left chair and order some food. This is available:

      Refresh Salad     - recovers all magic points
      Power Stew        - recovers all hit points
      Hyper Kabob       - recovers all hit and magic points

    Once you're ready, leave. If you've spoken to the cook, some Knights
    will now enter. Overhear their conversation, and leave. Return to
    the entrance, but go north now. Enter the throne room. Here are King
    Guardia the XXI and the Chancellor. Talk to the King if you want,
    but don't talk to the Chancellor yet.

    Follow the northwest path, going upstairs. You'll find a chest with
    100G and a sealed chest on your way. Enter the King's room, to find
    another chest. Open it to obtain a Bronze Mail, and return, back to
    the throne room.

    This time, take the upper-right path. You'll encounter a chest with
    a Tonic on your way. Once you're in the Queen's area, talk to the
    guard to let him go away. Open the chest for an Ether and talk to
    the Queen; you'll find out that she's actually Marle! While talking
    to each other, though, she literally disappears!

    On your way, you'll find Lucca. She'll explain everything now, and
    you'll also learn that you're in the Middle Ages. As of now, your
    main goal is to find the real Queen from this era and let history
    remain unchanged. In the throne room, the Chancellor will say, "She
    escaped?! But how? She was in a secured room!" Then, he'll leave.
    That IS strange. People in the King's room say that the Chancellor
    sneaks out at night, and that he's actually a good person, visiting
    the Cathedral every day (hint, hint)...

    Note that if you had spoken to the Chancellor earlier (before Marle
    disappeared), he'll leave the throne room and act odd. He won't say
    anything about an escape, though. Anyhow, the suspiciousness of the
    Chancellor leads to the Cathedral, so let's head for that place.


------------------------------------------------------------------------
3.3 - The Queen is Gone
------------------------------------------------------------------------

  3.3 - Preliminary
  -----------------

    It appears that Marle is actually Princess Nadia, and Queen Leene,
    the Queen from the Middle Ages, is one of Marle's ancestors. The
    Queen, however, was captured in that era, and she was supposed to be
    saved. But, the guards have canceled their search when they've found
    Marle, who has been mistaken for the Queen. She was warped to that
    era by Lucca's device, and now, you must find the real Queen, or
    otherwise Marle will cease to exist.


  3.3.1 - The Cathedral
  ---------------------

    If you're on low health, return to Guardia Castle and refill your
    hit and magic points there (either rest in the Knight's quarters, or
    order some food in the kitchen). Head for the forest, use the usual
    route back, and don't forget about the Shelter. Now that Lucca has
    joined your party, be sure to use the forest to build up experience
    and tech points to learn Flame Toss (single tech) and Flame Whirl
    (dual tech).

    The Cathedral is found west of Guardia Castle. Before you enter, be
    sure to have the several new equipment equipped (the Bronze Mail
    from the castle, and the Dart Gun, if you've bought it).

    There are some fishy nuns in here. Talk to them, and you'll notice
    why. To continue, talk to the northernmost nun, after which a flashy
    dot will appear. Do you remember the lost hairpin that the King's
    mentioned? Take the sparkling dot, and you'll obtain Guardia's royal
    crest. This confirms that the Queen is being held in this place.

    The nuns will notice you, and they don't like that you know that the
    Queen is here. They'll revert into their evil true selves, four
    Naga-ettes. Use Fire Whirl. After the battle, another Naga-ette will
    sneak up on Lucca, but some frog in a suit (eh?) will save the day.
    He'll introduce himself, and he'll want to join your team to find
    the Queen. You can name him ('Frog') at this point. In the end (no
    matter what option you choose, Frog will eventually join you), Frog
    will say that there may be a hidden entrance lurking somewhere. To
    find and reveal it, play the organ.

    From here, you can go up, through a door, or to the left, following
    a path. Follow the path, whereupon you'll meet three Diabloes. Once
    you're done with them (either fought or ignored them), go to the
    left. Open the two chests for a Revive (right) and a Tonic (left),
    then open the door to arrive in the next area.

    You're now in one of the main areas of the Cathedral. From where you
    are, you can either go to one of the side areas, or you can just go
    through the big hallway and through the large door. The side areas
    are optional, but we'll want to visit in order to obtain some items,
    equipment and a tab (you can visit them in any order you like).

    Walk up the left stairs (don't go into the hallway, yet) and enter
    the first room. Here are three chests: a Maiden Suit, a Tonic and an
    Ether. Be sure to check the drawers (by the white eclipse thing) to
    acquire the secret Naga-ette Bromide. Note that once you obtain it,
    be prepared to fight the three Henches who will notice you.

    Up. Open the chest for a Steel Saber, and don't forget to equip it.
    Then head for the left (you can walk past the spikes). Now, interact
    with the skull to remove the spikes, and enter the room. Here, you
    can find two soldiers and a pot. Inside the pot is a Power Tab; take
    it. Talk to the soldiers and they'll tell you something about the
    building and where the Queen is hidden. There isn't much more to do,
    so you can leave now.

    Return to the stairs, and go all the way to the right, then up the
    stairs. Enter the first door you encounter. Inside, you'll meet some
    creatures, of which one actually reveals that the 'humans' aren't
    real in this area! In the end, a Diablos will leave. Follow him.

    The Diablos will go to the room north of the one you've just left.
    Go inside, open the chests for 100G and an Ether, and talk to the
    people. There's a hidden entrance to the right; to enter it, just go
    'through' the wall. You'll end up in some shrine dedicated to Magus.
    At the far side, you'll find two chests with a Speed Belt and a
    Defender. Talking to the Diablos will result in a fight, and if you
    try to leave the room with the royal family, the three people will
    revert into three Gnashers who you'll have to battle.

      Note: If you're playing the game on an emulator, remove the second
            layer and go to Magus' shrine. You'll find a Poyozo Doll in
            front of the statue! Mighty. This was probably supposed to
            prevent you from going up the platform and kick the statue.

    Leave the room and head for the hallway. Defeat the enemies you will
    encounter, and go through the large door. You can find a Save Point
    on your left side; use it (and a Shelter, if needed). Go up the
    stairs. Now, you can either go to the left or the right. Which way
    you choose doesn't really matter, but the left path is a bit easier.

    So go for the left. Here's a chest containing a Shelter. Snatch it,
    and go down the stairs. While doing that, the stairs will flatten,
    so you can't go up anymore. Also, there's a sleeping Hench here, who
    can be defeated easily. Go through the doorway. You'll arrive in a
    room with two Mad Bats and a switch (the skull). Beware that if you
    hit the skull, two more bats will arrive, so if you want to fight
    them, fight the first two first, then invite the other two. Onwards.

    You're in another hallway now, with lots of enemies. There are also
    two chests here. While working your way through the hall, you can
    get a Tonic and a Heal from the chests. There's also a note saying
    that there is no entrance (so obviously there is one, but where?).
    Go all the way to the right, from there go down.

    Here are some enemies and another skull. Defeat the enemies and hit
    the skull (it won't invite enemies this time). Go down, through the
    doorway, follow the path, up the stairs, and back to the Save Point.
    Save. Now, go north to arrive in a big room, in which the spikes are
    gone now. The enemies that are inside will start a fight. After you
    defeat them, open the chest to catch an Iron Sword. Equip it (Frog),
    and play the organ to (obviously) open up a passageway.


  3.3.2 - The Chancellor
  ----------------------

    Go back to the place where the suspicious note was, and enter the
    revealed door. Fight the two Henches, two Naga-ettes (if you hadn't
    fought the two Henches before, they'll join the fight here), and
    another two Henches. Or, dash all the way forward immediately from
    the start to avoid them all. To the left is a Save Point. After you
    use it, go through the doorway. You'll interrupt a conversation, and
    your first boss, Yakra, will attack.

    - Boss: Yakra

      As you might expect, the game's introductory boss isn't very hard.
      However, he DOES have this attack named 'NeedleSpin', which will
      do some serious damage if you don't watch out, and a bounce-attack
      that will hit everyone for less damage. There're no special things
      you need to know of, just release powerful techs (X Strike, Fire
      Whirl) whenever they're possible. Lucca would be the one to backup
      using Tonics, or let her use Flame Toss when your hit points are
      high.

      Yakra has 920 HP, and he'll give you 50 experience points, 5 tech
      points and 600G, should you defeat him. He has no special weakness
      or strength, so don't worry about that.

    After the battle, the Queen will show up. It's time to go home. But
    before you leave, open the chests to get the real Chancellor back
    (turns out the guy isn't that bad after all), and a Mid Ether. Then,
    talk to the Queen to leave the Cathedral.

      Note: If you leave the real Chancellor in the chest and leave with
            the Queen, this guy will escape all by himself and tell you
            to wait for him... Well, why didn't he do that before?


  3.3.3 - The Return of the Queen
  -------------------------------

    Once the chat with the royal family is over, Frog will leave. Talk
    to the Queen, who's wondering where the girl mistaken for her is.
    Marle! We forgot all about her! Return to the room where she had
    disappeared (take the upper-right path).

    Near the place where those shimmering dots move to, and Marle will
    reappear. Talk to her, and she'll rejoin your party. Now, head back,
    and talk to the Queen, if you like. Then, go down; Frog's here. Talk
    to him, and he'll depart from the castle. Anyhow, we want to go home
    now, so go back to Truce Canyon, to the Gate.

    The route back hasn't changed, except that a new enemy has arrived.
    Other than that, do whatever you want, but you'll have to enter the
    grove to continue. Lucca will introduce her newest invention, the
    Gate Key. She'll use it, and you'll be warped back to Leene Square.


------------------------------------------------------------------------
3.4 - We're Back!
------------------------------------------------------------------------

  3.4.1 - Leene Square
  --------------------

    Now that you're back in Truce, Lucca will leave your party, while
    Marle will ask you to escort her home. So, head for the castle, but
    you can also go to the Market. Or...

      Note: If you're playing a New Game +, you can hop onto the right
            pod and use the shining dot. If you manage to defeat the
            final boss, then you'll acquire the ending 'The Successor of
            Guardia'.


  3.4.2 - Shopping (Optional)
  ---------------------------

    There's some new stuff to buy. If you talk to the shopkeeper, she'll
    say that Fritz is down at the pier again, and she doesn't like it.
    That, however, is something that you won't need to know for now, and
    the shopkeeper will spot you after that. Refer to section 8.5.4 for
    a list of what's being sold here.

    You don't need to buy anything, but you can sell items or equipment
    that you won't need anymore (e.g. Frog's equipment, if you've taken
    that before he left). Finished? Leave the place, and go for Guardia
    Forest.


  3.4.3 - Escort Marle Home
  -------------------------

    Move along, going right at the first intersection. From there, take
    the lower path. Take the Power Tab that's hiding somewhere at the
    far side of the path. Then, work your way through the forest to the
    castle. Oh, and the monster that drops a Shelter isn't here anymore,
    so don't bother to touch that bush.

    Upon entering, the Chancellor will storm in and he'll tell you that
    Marle was abducted, that you were the one that kidnapped her, then
    confused her, and then you have tried to take over the throne...
    Yeah, right. Marle will try to stop him, but her actions won't have
    any effect. You'll be taken away eventually, after which a trial
    takes place.


  3.4.4 - Guilty or Innocent?
  ---------------------------

    The next place is the prosecution room. Do you remember the things
    that you should have done in Leene Square? Well, everything ends up
    here.

    The Chancellor will ask you who has started this whole mess. Since
    YOU have bumped into Marle, say that you did it. Later on, he'll ask
    you if you were interested in her fortune. Well, at that point of
    the game, you didn't even KNOW about her fortune, so "No." is the
    answer. Not even a little bit. With this, you'll be proven innocent.
    However, the fact remains that you ran off with her: three days
    solitary confinement will be your punishment. Then, you'll be taken
    away.

      Note: If you were proven guilty (which will only happen if you
            haven't done what's said in the walkthrough involving Leene
            Square), your punishment would be execution in three days.
            The same will happen, though, you'll be taken away.


------------------------------------------------------------------------
3.5 - The Trial
------------------------------------------------------------------------

  3.5 - Preliminary
  -----------------

    Crono has been sent to jail! You're located in the detention area of
    Guardia Castle, and there, you'll have to face your execution...or
    will things turn out differently?


  3.5.1 - Unjustly Imprisoned
  ---------------------------

    Inside, there'll be a talk with the Chancellor and the Supervisor.
    If you were found innocent, the Chancellor will somehow convince him
    that the verdict is execution. You'll be brought to your detention
    cell.

    There, you'll wake up. You can interact with lots of things here;
    there's a mug, a Save Point, and a package. Drink from the mug to
    fully restore your hit and magic points, and open the bag for 1 or
    more Ethers. The amount of Ethers depends on how many people have
    voted for your innocence, and if you were found guilty, the bag will
    not even be here! Be sure to take note of the Save Point.

    From now on, you can do two things. You can wait for three days to
    pass, until you get executed, and until Lucca will save you. So if
    you wait, she'll acquire some experience points in the meantime, and
    doing that is recommended. Or, freak out the guards, break out and
    escape. Lucca won't save you if you do this; she'll join you later
    on (at the end of the dungeon).


  3.5.2 - Waiting for Execution
  -----------------------------

    If you're going to break out, skip this section and refer to section
    3.5.3. And if you're going to wait for three days to pass, continue
    doing nothing. One day (in the game) takes about 20 seconds (in real
    life).

    After waiting for the three days to pass, you'll be brought to your
    execution room. Once your head has been placed under the guillotine,
    Lucca will storm in and save the day, using her brand new Zonker-38.
    Her gun will stun the guards, and she'll join your party, where you
    will regain control of. Open the chest for a Bronze Mail, equip it,
    and leave the room. You can close the cell in order to lock up the
    Supervisor, although nothing important will happen :)... (Skip to
    3.5.4.)


  3.5.3 - Breaking Out
  --------------------

    Once you break out (to do that, kick the the cell-door a couple of
    times), defeat the guards that attack you (or hit the first guard in
    the back so you'll only have to fight one). In the next area, one
    with stairs and two Blue Shields, follow the upper-right path to
    continue. Cross the bridge.

    Defeat the guard that spots you, and move all the way to the right.
    Defeat the other one, and open the cell-door. From here, go all the
    way to the north and open the door. Enter the room, in which you'll
    have to fight the two Decedents. Open the chest for a Bronze Mail,
    equip it, and leave the room.


  3.5.4 - Continuation
  --------------------

    In the next area, you'll encounter a guy under a guillotine, ready
    to be executed. You can save or leave him here. (Un)fortunately, you
    cannot execute him. Do you remember the shopkeeper in Truce, talking
    about some guy that was down at the pier again? This guy, Fritz, is
    that one. Save him, and he'll leave afterwards. Then, open the chest
    for a Mid Tonic.

      Tip!: There are a lot of Guards in this area who are guarding the
            cells. While some of them are passed out (only if you didn't
            break out), most of them are doing what they should do. You
            can fight the Guard, but there's another way to get rid of
            them. You can sneak up on them and attack them in the back
            (make sure the Guard doesn't see you, stand behind him, and
            press the action-button). Then, you can examine him (or the
            Guards that were already passed out) to get a Mid Tonic.
            This can be done with most of the Guards in this place.

            You can also pick the Mid Tonic from them, then leave the
            area, and then return. They are awake again, and you can get
            another Mid Tonic from them. This way, you can get virtually
            unlimited Mid Tonics!

    Onwards. At the intersection, take the lower path, and go down the
    stairs. From here, go all the way over the bridge. Meanwhile, two
    Guards will try to stop you; defeat them. Once you're finished, you
    will arrive in a place with four stairs and two Blue Shields.

    Your main goal is to go to the lower-right stairs, but we'll visit
    your own cell first. Defeat the shields (the key to defeat them is
    to attack once they are revealing their faces), or avoid them by
    walking exactly between them. After this, follow the lower-left path
    to arrive in your detention cell. Here, drink from the mug and use
    the Save Point. Return. The upper-left cell contains an enemy, so it
    can be ignored. Take the lower-right path and cross the bridge.

    Here's a Guard. This one doesn't drop a Mid Tonic, so you can fight
    him for the experience points. Then, open the cell and enter it. In
    there, you'll find your prize: four chests, containing an Ether, a
    Mid Tonic, another Mid Tonic, and an Ether. After getting the items,
    return. On your way back, an Omnicrone (mini-boss, 218 HP) will stop
    and fight you. Once you're finished with him, go all the way back to
    the place where you would have been executed.

    From the intersection, take the upper path, which you've ignored at
    first. Follow the path and you'll find yourself, again, in a place
    with four stairs and two Blue Shields.

    Head for the lower-left path. Open the chest for a Shelter, and go
    back to the stairs. Follow the upper-left stairs, and you'll notice
    a cell with a crack. Go through the crack and climb down the wall.
    You'll eventually arrive in another cell. Open the chest for another
    Shelter and drop down the hole (press the action-button in front of
    it). Here are two chests, containing 1500G and a Lode Sword. Be sure
    to equip the sword and return, through the hole, through the crack,
    up the wall, through the crack and the door, to the stairs. You've
    visited every cell now and you've gotten all items. To continue, go
    for the upper-right path, which leads to the exit.


  3.5.5 - The Dragon Tank
  -----------------------

    You've left the detention area. If you've waited for three days to
    pass, you'll find a stunned Supervisor (Lucca was here...). If you
    have broken out, though, there'll be two Guards waiting for you to
    come. Once you encounter the Supervisor, he'll run away. But soon
    after that, he'll return, as Lucca shoots him back, literally. Then,
    she'll join your party.

    When you're done, examine the stunned Supervisor to find a whopping
    five Mid Tonics! Then, read the piece of paper. It's a 'top secret'
    document, the instruction manual for the Dragon Tank. Save, and use
    a Shelter, if necessary. Get out, and cross the bridge. You'll meet
    the Dragon Tank, the second boss in the game.

    - Boss: Dragon Tank

      The Dragon Tank is comprised of a body, a head, and wheels. Don't
      use Lightning- or Fire-techs, because the top secret manual says
      so. And if you don't do what the top secret manual says, you will
      be sorry.

      First attack the head (which has a physical defense of zero), only
      using physical attacks. This will it from healing the tank. Once
      the head has been destroyed, aim your attacks on the wheels, which
      prevents it from doing some nasty attacks. Lastly, finish off the
      body. This boss isn't as hard as it may look like. Good luck.

      The Tank Head has 266 HP. The Grinder (the wheels) has 208 HP, and
      the body has 600 HP. Should you win, you'll receive 40 experience
      points, 5 tech points and 500G.

    Crono will finish it off with a cool-looking move, after which the
    tank explodes. The bridge will collapse, but of course, our friend
    the Chancellor will come for the rescue. Go down the stairs. You'll
    encounter a chest with a Shelter on your way, be sure to grab it.


  3.5.6 - Escape!
  ---------------

    Either if you leave, or if you visit the Knight's quarters, soldiers
    will notice you. There's only one way to escape. Run. Once you're
    about to leave, Marle will reason out the King, and she'll go with
    you.

    You'll automatically arrive in the forest. You can only go to the
    right, so head for that way. You'll find a Gate, and since the party
    doesn't have any other option, they'll enter it. Watch the mouth of
    the Chancellor fall to his feet while leaving :)!


------------------------------------------------------------------------
3.6 - Beyond the Ruins
------------------------------------------------------------------------

  3.6 - Preliminary
  -----------------

    Escaping from the soldiers of Guardia Castle, you've found a Gate.
    Destination? Unknown. Upon arriving in the new place, you'll notice
    you're in an advanced but destroyed place. What could have happened?


  3.6.1 - The Future?
  -------------------

    The party will arrive in an unfamiliar place, but one that looks
    very advanced in technology. You should find out what's happening
    here. You cannot open the door above you (it's sealed). Be sure to
    have your companions equipped, and leave.

    Let's see, there are several points of interest on this world. Above
    you is Bangor Dome, where you just came from. You can go south and
    enter Trann Dome to get some information, but you'll have to go
    through Lab 16 (north) to continue. Arris Dome is the next stop (the
    Sewer Access is completely optional, but recommended to be visited),
    and Lab 32 follows. We will now go to Trann Dome.

    Talk to the people. You won't gain any valuable information, but you
    can buy some stuff here. You may want to buy the Auto Gun for Lucca.
    If you think that you'll need it, also buy an Iron Suit and an Iron
    Helmet. If you've ran out of Mid Tonics, buy some here, and be sure
    that you at least have five Tonics. Why? You'll notice later. Refer
    to section 8.5.5 for a listing of the stuff that's being sold.

    You'll also notice the Enertron, a useful device that is capable of
    giving the user(s) a full night's sleep in seconds (which basically
    means that it'll recover all hit and magic points). There's another
    sealed door here. Since there's isn't much more to do here, leave
    the place and head for the north.


  3.6.2 - Lab 16
  --------------

    Inside, head for the right, past the rat. Continue (avoid the rat),
    and open the chest for a Berserker. Return to the intersection, and
    go up. Oh, and check out the note below.

      Note: Try to avoid the running rats. They won't attack you, but
            they can steal Tonics from you. If you run out of Tonics,
            they'll start to steal amounts of 500G, which is not a good
            thing.

    Defeat the enemies you'll encounter. Keep on moving forward, until
    you arrive in a place with a chest. The chest contains a Lode Sword,
    but once you try to get it, a group of enemies will attack you. Once
    you're finished, follow the path (beware of the rat). Open the chest
    for a Lode Bow (for Marle), and don't forget to equip it.

    Continue, following the path in the left. You'll have to fight two
    Meat Eaters and two Octopods, after which five Craters will follow.
    Be sure to make use of multiple-target-techs like Cyclone of Fire
    Whirl, as they can hit enemies in areas. When you're done, go all
    the way to the right. And watch out for the rat.

    Should you decide to fight the Shadows on the dead car, be sure to
    use Slash or Lucca's Fire-techs, since physical attacks won't have
    any effect. There's a chest here (lower-left corner), which contains
    an Ether. Grab it, and continue to another intersection. The upper
    path will bring you to an avoidable Mutant, while the lower path has
    three Shadows. At the end, there's a hydrant. In order to avoid the
    Mutant that is waiting for you, walk left of the hydrant. Then,
    leave Lab 16.


  3.6.3 - Arris Dome
  ------------------

    In the Arris Dome, cross the small, yet annoying maze, and an old
    man will notice you. A conversation will start; you'll learn that
    there's a food storage below if you talk to the old man, who will
    introduce himself as Doan. The people couldn't get into the food
    storage, since it's guarded. Also, there's a kid who'll sell stuff.
    Find the kid behind the boxes, and see 8.5.6 for a reprinted list.

    You can buy the same items and equipment from the kid as from the
    man in Trann Dome, except for the Mid Tonic. Use the Enertron and be
    sure to take note of the Save Point. Go down the food storage by
    using the ladder provided. Doan and the others will be surprised, as
    your party doesn't seem to be scared at all.

    Upon entering, you'll notice two computers, whereof the left one is
    broken. The right one requires a password, so you can't do anything
    here. Go through the passage left of the screen, where you'll need
    to cross the planks. Go right, up, right, up, left, left, up, right,
    up. You'll find a rat (in the form of a statue) on your way, which
    has a note attached, saying, "Warning. Anyone within the vicinity of
    the stock room will be attacked!"

    You'll eventually arrive in a room where an alarm goes off. Be aware
    that if you press the menu-button (to equip or to use items), two
    Proto 2's and two Buggers will attack. If you want to use the menu,
    return to the planks and do whatever you want there. Continue, going
    through the room, and the Guardian of the ventilation system (?)
    will stop you.

    - Boss: Guardian (Guardian and 2 Bit)

      Don't hit the Guardian while the two Bit are alive, or you'll get
      a massive counterattack ('Delta Attack') down your throat. Once
      the two Bit are defeated, the Guardian will do a countdown. Attack
      the Guardian until it reaches zero (don't use Fire). Then, start
      kicking the (revived) Bit again, until you win.

      Another tactic that you may want to try is to defeat one Bit, and
      then try to defeat the Guardian. The Bit can't be revived when the
      other one's still alive. It'll still do an 'AmpliFire' to counter
      your moves, but that isn't as powerful as Delta Attack.

      Or, defeat one Bit first, then attack the other Bit a couple of
      times (drain its hit points down until you will only need one last
      blow to destroy him). Then, attack the Guardian, but don't touch
      the Bit. When your hit points get low, finish off the Bit. Then,
      the Guardian will start to count down again, but his hit points
      will be low enough to defeat him before the countdown hits zero.

      The two Bit have 200 HP each, while the Guardian has 1200 HP. Once
      you defeat this boss, you'll acquire 300 experience points, 5 tech
      points, and 1000G.

    Continue, and you'll arrive in a room with some boxes and a man.
    While Lucca notices that the food has completely rotten, Marle finds
    out that the man has died a long time ago. However, the man holds
    something. It's some kind of seed, and Crono will take it with him.
    There's a chest in the left, containing a Mid Ether. Examine the man
    again in order to read a note. It says that... "The rat is more than
    just a statue! It knows the secret of this dome. Catch it!"

    Return to the small maze (the planks). Here it is, the rat. Dash, by
    holding the dash-button, and catch it, using the action-button. Note
    that the rat will not be here if you haven't read the piece of paper
    by the man.

      Note: When you're about to hunt the rat at the planks, Lucca will
            say that you'll need to dash, using the B-button, and catch
            it, using the A-button. There's nothing wrong with that, but
            if you've changed your controls, Lucca will still say the
            same! So use your customized controls to catch it.

    Catching the rat shouldn't be very hard. Something that works is to
    press and hold the dash-button, and once you get close to the rat,
    release the buttons and immediately press the action-button. You can
    catch the rat on your first try, but it may take several tries. If
    the rat runs away (because you didn't catch it), leave the area and
    return to try again. Once you catch it, it'll tell you the password
    of the computer, which is to press and hold the L and R-buttons, and
    then press A.

      Note: The same (see note above) will occur if you try to input the
            password (the one you've gotten from the rat). You'll need
            to press and hold the L and R-buttons, then press A. So if
            you assigned an other button to the action-function, you'll
            need to push THAT button.

    Return to the computers. Do what the rat said (press and hold the L
    and R-buttons, then press A), and a passage will appear. Enter. Once
    you arrive, three enemies will attack. Defeat them, and go north
    (don't go up the stairs yet). You'll find a chest. Open it to obtain
    a Mid Ether. Then, return, going up the firstly ignored stairs. You
    will meet some Bugs, but all of them can be avoided. Open the door.

    From here, you can either go up, or to the right. The northern way
    is easier, as it avoids most of the enemies (stay close to the wall
    to avoid them), but you can also go right, fight the enemies, and
    acquire some experience points. Both ways will lead to another door.
    Go inside.

    This is the info center. Lucca will try to use the computers to find
    a Gate. Eventually, she'll find one in Proto Dome, which is east of
    Arris Dome. Then, Marle will press a button. The computer will show
    you what happened on 1999 A.D., the Day of Lavos. You'll see a small
    cut-scene where Lavos destroys everything. You now know what has
    happened here, and you have a new goal. Change history, in order to
    save the future.

    Take the usual route back. Return to the ladder and go up. Doan will
    ask you what you've found. You've found out that you're now in the
    future, but the people want food. You'll give the seeds to them, and
    in the end, Doan will give you the Bike Key. With that, you can use
    the Jet Bike in Lab 32. Rest in the Enertron, and leave.


  3.6.4 - The Sewer Access: Visit Sir Krawlie (Optional)
  ------------------------------------------------------

    You may want to know why you're here. So read the note.

      Note: The Sewer Access, and the three places that follow (Keeper's
            Dome, Death Peak, and the Sewer Access again) are completely
            optional. You will return here later in the game, but since
            you'll get some items and equipment in these places, you'll
            probably want to visit them. Of course, you can also skip
            this place. If you do, go to Lab 32.

            Or, you can skip this place, go through Lab 32, and continue
            the game until you get a new party member. Then, return with
            that new character in your party, and go through the place,
            so that the new one will get some experience points.

    Upon entering, a guard will come in ("Bandits! Must report to Sir
    Krawlie!"). Take the right path first, and you'll fight some Egders,
    who'll come with a Nereid. After the fight, open the chest for 600G.
    Return, and take the left path. You'll have to fight two Nereides.
    After the battle, you'll watch a scene with frogs. Then, continue,
    going down the ladder. Marle and Lucca will have a strange feeling
    about this place, but just go down there.

    Head for the left. Read the piece of paper, which is the last page
    of a diary. It says something about someone who got attacked when
    making the slightest noise (sounds like a warning). In fact, there
    are several items spread out in this area. Touching them will invite
    enemies, as the items are traps.

    Touching the cat will bring three Nereides. The can that follows is
    guarded by four of them. The piece of cheese is a trap that invites
    two Nereides, accompanied by a rat, and the Save Point will bring
    you three Nereides. After the fights (or between them, if needed),
    be sure to heal. Once you're finished in this area, climb up the
    ladder.

    Here are two Egders. Fight them. Then, continue, entering a hidden
    passageway. You'll eventually arrive by a switch. Trigger it, and
    return. Now, go up, and then right to find another hidden passage.
    Go on, and go through the opened door. You'll witness another scene
    with the frogs after that. Open the chest for a Rage Band. Then, you
    will witness ANOTHER scene with a guard and Sir Krawlie. After this,
    you'll have to fight Krawlie, a mini-boss.

    - Boss: Krawlie

      This boss isn't as hard as he looks like (and he looks easy). Just
      use physical attacks to damage him, or fire off some Shadow-
      attacks. The only thing you'll need to prepare for is his HP-to-1-
      attack. Once he uses that attack, immediately let someone heal the
      victim. Other than that, he's too easy. You can defeat him by just
      pressing the action-button repeatedly...

      Krawlie has 500 HP. He'll drop 100 experience points, 5 tech
      points and 500G, once you defeat him. You'll also receive a Mid
      Ether.

    If you have 1 hit point left, don't hesitate to heal. To continue,
    follow the path. You'll run into a fight with two Nereides and an
    Egder, unless you stay close to the wall. Once the path splits, take
    the lower-left one. Get the item from the chest, a Bolt Sword, and
    equip it. Then, trigger the switch in order to open a bridge, and go
    back. Go north at the conjunction and climb the ladder.

    The Keeper's Dome is optional, as it only contains some information
    and no items or things like that. You can find the dome south of the
    Sewer Access.

    There's an old man here, and a strange creature. The man says that
    he misses Schala, and that, "NO! You MUST NOT climb Death Peak!" He
    will also ask if you've seen his two masterpieces, the Blackbird and
    the Ocean Palace. There's also a sealed door here, but you can't do
    anything with it. The computer is dead, and there isn't much more to
    do, so leave. You can enter Death Peak, but...

    ...there's nothing to do there. All you can do is to try to walk up
    the mountain and get blown away eventually. But, wait! There's a
    Power Tab on the right side! Dash forward, and grab it before the
    wind blows. Leave (which shouldn't be too much of a problem...), and
    come back later when you have a good reason to.

    The route back, through the Sewer Access, shouldn't be hard, but be
    sure to follow the bridge in the left (shortcuts!), and follow the
    other bridges.


  3.6.5 - Lab 32: ...the MAN!
  ---------------------------

    Back to the essential stuff. Lab 32 can be found north of the Sewer
    Access (it looks like Lab 16). If you REALLY need to, go back to
    Arris Dome and rest in the Enertron. Then, go to Lab 32.

    Right of you is a chest, containing a Mid Tonic. Pick it up, and go
    north. You'll find the Jet Bike that Doan spoke about. Once you try
    to use it, though, or if you go to the right, a group of Protos will
    attack...until the MAN stops them. His name is Johnny, and he'll
    challenge you into a race.

    - Mini-game: Racing Johnny!

      It is recommended to race at least once with Johnny before reading
      further, because it will make you understand things better.

      The racing controls are quite simple. Use the Control Pad in order
      to move the Jet Bike. That's all. However, this is not the kind of
      racing that you would expect. You cannot control your speed. Your
      main goal is to stay in front of Johnny all the time. If you're in
      front of him, you'll gain points. If Johnny, however, manages to
      bump you to the back, you'll lose points.

      There are two styles of racing. There's a mode 1, which will let
      you use boosts, and there's mode 2, which won't let you use them,
      but you can change the perspective you're racing in. The mode
      defaults to mode 1.

      Press the B-button to use a boost. Your speed will, obviously,
      increase for a while. You can only use it three times, though, and
      it must be 'charged' before use. Racing itself is quite simple,
      just try it yourself and you'll get the hang of it soon.

      To win, you'll need to be in front of Johnny while passing the
      finishing line. There's a line below on the screen that shows you
      how far you are, and how far you'll still need to go. If you lose,
      even if you have a very high score, the score won't be recorded.

      There are also some advanced controls. Use the L or R-buttons to
      change the perspective of racing (try to turn the screen around
      for about 90 degrees, as it will help). You can also press the X
      and A-buttons to zoom in or out. I don't believe that zooming may
      help you, but feel free to try out different methods. Also note
      that you can't change perspective until you get the Race Log and
      change the race-mode (read on...).

      Note that your record(s) of the race will not be recorded if it's
      the first time that you play this mini-game. In order to fix that,
      you'll need to get a specific item (read on...). Oh, and Crono has
      to be in your party if you want to race Johnny. If he isn't, he
      won't race you.

    So, you want the Race Log?

    - If you've won, go to the left, after which you'll need to fight
      three Mutants. Defeat them, and you'll notice a chest. Open it to
      receive the Race Log. Return to Johnny.

    - If you've lost, go to the right. Fight the three Mutants (or avoid
      them by walking north of them), and fight another two of them.
      Then, get the Race Log from the chest (after you've gotten rid of
      the Shadows). Now return to Johnny (you can follow either way, but
      the left one is free of the enemies).

    Talk to him, and he'll notice the Race Log. A robot, Rx-xR, will
    appear. It will be your personal log keeper. You can talk to him and
    switch the style of racing (with boosts, or without boosts but with
    the feature to change perspective). You can now practice racing, if
    you want. If you manage to get over 1500 points, you'll get a Power
    Tab (only once). Once you're finished, leave Lab 32.

    Or, if you have nothing better to do, stay here and race, get some
    high scores, and receive bonuses. Here's the list of what you can
    win, with the left column displaying the points you'll need to get
    what's in the right column:

      777 points        - 10 Mid Ethers
      1300+ points      - 5 Mid Tonics
      1500+ points      - 1 Power Tab (see below for notes)
      2000+ points      - 5 Ethers
      2300+ points      - 5 Full Ethers

        Note: If you get a score like 111, 222, etc., you'll either get
              an Ether, a Mid Ether or a Full Tonic. Except for 777,
              that will net you 10 Mid Ethers. Oh, and note that the
              game will say that you get 5 Mid Ethers instead of 5 Mid
              Tonics, or 5 Ethers instead of Full Ethers (just a bug).

              If you get over 1500 points, you'll also receive a Power
              Tab. This will only happen once, and it will be added to
              the bonus you would have normally received. For example,
              if you get 2000 points, you'll receive 5 Ethers and the
              Power Tab. If you get 2000 points again, you'll receive
              only 5 Ethers.


  3.6.6 - Proto Dome
  ------------------

    Don't enter the Factory yet, as the entrance inside is blocked by a
    laser. Instead, make for Proto Dome, south of the Factory. Once you
    are inside, you'll be greeted by three Buggers. Defeat them, and go
    north until you fight four them (they are perfectly lined up for a
    Cyclone-attack). After the battles, rest in the Enertron and process
    your way through the dome.

    The party will notice a robot. Lucca will say that it appears to be
    a humanoid robot, and she thinks she can repair it. While she tries
    to do that, Marle finds out that the door, which leads to the Gate
    we need, is locked. In the end, Lucca will have finally fixed the
    robot.

    A conversation will start. The robot (considered male in this guide)
    will introduce himself as R66-Y (the serial number). And of course,
    Marle doesn't agree with that name, so it's up to you to choose a
    new one. The default name, 'Robo', will be used in this walkthrough,
    and he'll agree to help your team in order to find the Gate. But to
    open the door, you'll need to activate the dome's generator, which
    is in the Factory. To open the door, though, one party member (Marle
    or Lucca) must stay behind.

    But who? If you choose Marle (to be in your team), you've chosen the
    curative side. Healing will not be a problem. If you're high enough
    in the levels, though, healing won't be needed that much. Then Lucca
    may be a better choice, which is recommended. You can always return
    here and get the other one to be in your party, so don't worry about
    that.


------------------------------------------------------------------------
3.7 - The Factory Ruins
------------------------------------------------------------------------

  3.7 - Preliminary
  -----------------

    In Proto Dome, where a Gate's located, you've found a damaged robot,
    but the door to the Gate has been shut. After fixing the robot, who
    was named Robo, he had joined your team and told your party that the
    dome's generator, located in the Factory, needs to be activated in
    order to open the door to the Gate.

    So our next stop is the Factory, north of Proto Dome. Besides that
    place, there's no other place to go, so don't bother to explore the
    world. There are many enemies in the Factory, so you can use that
    place to level-up.


  3.7.1 - The Factory
  -------------------

    Upon entering, you'll notice two passages. The left one if the exit,
    but a laser is blocking the right one. Let Robo use the computer. He
    will override the security, and this will make the laser disappear.
    An Acid will appear, though, and a fight will start. Defeat it, and
    continue. You'll end up by an intersection. Take the path on your
    right, to the elevator, which leads to the factory area.

    Climb down the ladder and go to the left, then go up. You will then
    notice an open door. Go inside and move around, pressing the action-
    button repeatedly. You should open a hidden chest this way. Once you
    have the contents, a Mid Ether, go back to the three ladders.

    Climb down the lower-left ladder. Move all the way forward, and take
    the contents of the chest, a Robin Bow. If you've chosen Marle to be
    in your party, equip it. Return to the ladders, and climb down the
    lower-right one. Work your way through the area and you'll end up at
    a conveyor belt.

    Get on the belt, but avoid the enemies. To do this, you'll have to
    run on the belt, but go back once an enemy comes into view (and when
    it looks like you won't make it to the next safe area) and stay
    there until the danger has left. Then, run off again. On your way,
    you'll find an Ether; be sure to grab it from the chest.

      Note: If you've been hit, a crane will come and pick you up. It'll
            drop you on the other side of the belt, and there, you will
            have to fight groups of one, three and five enemies. On top
            of that, you also won't be able to heal during the fights,
            so it is recommended to try to avoid this. Should you get
            caught, though, heal IN the battles, before ending them.

    In the end, whether you got caught or not, you'll arrive in a room
    with four Bugs (now is a great time to make use of Crono's Cyclone
    tech or other area-affecting techs). Then continue, once you've
    defeated them, going through the passage.

    Cross the bridge and go to the right. Don't forget the chest holding
    a Mid Tonic, and go through the doorway. Inside, you'll find two
    chests, containing 400G and a Mid Ether. Now, use the computer, and
    you'll receive the codes for the crane control (X A and B B). Then,
    the two Proto 3's will bounce around in the room (you can't run from
    the battle, but you can avoid it).

    Leave the room, and head for the left path. Here are also two Proto
    3's (but they aren't as freaked as the ones in the previous room, so
    you can avoid them easier). Open the two chests in order to acquire
    a Shelter and an Ether. Head for the lower-right corner to arrive in
    the crane control room.

    Once you control the crane, input the codes that were provided
    before (they were X A and B B, use the buttons on your Control Pad).
    Doing this will remove the barrels. Return, and climb the ladder.
    You can now go through the passage, and you'll find a chest in the
    end. It contains a Bolt Sword, but you've already gotten it in the
    Sewer Access. If you've skipped it, though, then equip it now. Don't
    forget to access the computer in this room, to get the password of
    this dome. It's ZABIE, translated to X A B Y.

    Return, and go all the way back to the elevator. Now, take the left
    path, which you've ignored before. Three Debuggers will appear, but
    you can actually avoid a fight with them. There's also a note, which
    says, "Caution! Do not turn off the conveyor belt in the factory!
    The security system will activate and you'll be in danger." ...but a
    security system was meant to keep you safe, right? Anyway, use the
    elevator to arrive in the lab area.

    Below you is a Save Point. Use it (and a Shelter, if necessary). Or
    heal, using Marle's curative spells. When you're done, go through
    the doorway. You'll notice three enemies (use Cyclone!), and should
    you defeat them, a screen will appear on the computer. Make use of
    the computer in order to open the hatch, and don't forget the chest
    with a Shelter. Then, go down the hatch.

    Move on, and defeat the enemies that are waiting for you. Or, avoid
    them by staying as close as possible to the upper wall. Work your
    way through the area, until you go through a doorway. From here on,
    you'll need to stay close to the southern wall if you want to avoid
    enemies. Once you're at the end of the hall, go through the doorway
    north of you.

    Inside, go to the left. Open the chest to obtain a Titan Vest (and
    be sure to equip it). Now, head for the right, and open the other
    chest, which contains a Hammer Arm (and be sure to equip this too).
    Then, use the computer. Robo will remove the lasers so that you can
    continue again, but five enemies will then attack. Defeat them, and
    go through the path that was blocked by the laser earlier. Use the
    elevator, and go up. Save (and use a Shelter, if needed), and make
    use of the elevator again. This time, go down twice.

    Work your way through the hallway, and you'll end up by a computer
    screen and a chest. Snatch the Plasma Gun from the chest and be sure
    to have Lucca equipped with it (if she's in your party). Start the
    computer, and you'll have to input a password. Input X A B Y (it's
    the password you've gotten earlier in this place), using the Control
    Pad. The door will open. Go inside, and trigger the switch.

    Now, the security system will activate, and you'll have to escape.
    Go down (Robo will also lend a hand), while you find out that the
    elevator has been shut off. Climb the ladder that's in the left side
    of you, and run along to bump into...


  3.7.2 - Robo's 'Friends'
  ------------------------

    These dudes, Robo's past friends, will notice that Robo's defective,
    and they'll beat him up pretty badly. Unfortunately, you can't stop
    them. Once they're finished with Robo, they are going to start with
    YOUR destruction. I mean, they'll attempt to.

    - Boss: R Series

      The R Series aren't hard to beat, even now Robo is gone; pretend
      they're like normal enemies. Use Marle or Lucca to heal, and let
      Crono use Cyclones in order to hit three robots. If you're on a
      decent level, you'll only need four rounds to trash them.

      The R Series are weak against Lightning, strong against Fire, so
      having Lucca use Fire-techs isn't really effective. However, you
      more than likely don't have a target-all Lightning-tech, so just
      use Cyclone for best results.

      And, that's about it. These robots have 150 HP each, and you will
      receive 480 experience points, 6 tech points, and 600G once you
      defeat them all.

    After you beat the R Series, Marle or Lucca will get Robo out of the
    container, and the party will drag him back to Proto Dome.


  3.7.3 - The Gate
  ----------------

    Lucca will try to fix Robo again, while she hopes that this'll never
    happen again. When Lucca's finished, Robo wants to go along with the
    party, since there isn't much more to do in this world. Then, they
    will head for the Gate. Once they enter it, you'll notice that this
    Gate doesn't close normally... What could have happened?


------------------------------------------------------------------------
3.8 - The End of Time
------------------------------------------------------------------------

  3.8 - Preliminary
  -----------------

    After stepping into the Gate, the party has arrived in a strange
    place in an unknown era. It's a short chapter, and no items are to
    be found here. But you are going to visit this place a lot more.


  3.8.1 - Hey
  -----------

    The party will arrive in a strange place, called the End of Time.
    Inside, they'll meet a strange, scary, old man. He'll notice the
    party, and he'll tell you that all travelers lost in time end up in
    this place. That is, when four or more beings step into a time-warp.
    According to him, this has been happening very much lately, and that
    isn't good.

    It means that a party member must stay behind. The man will say that
    you can switch companions anytime and anywhere (except in battle and
    some other exceptions), by pressing the warp-button (defaults to the
    Y-button). For now, stick to a party of Crono, Marle and Lucca.

    He'll inform you that the pillars each connect to a different place
    in different eras. The bucket, however, leads to 1999 A.D., The Day
    of Lavos. Don't use it yet, but take note of the Save Point and use
    the thing above it that'll restore all of your hit and magic points.
    Once you try to leave, the man will draw your attention. He'll say
    that you should check out the room behind him.


  3.8.2 - The Master of War
  -------------------------

    Inside is a mysterious creature who's named Spekkio, but who prefers
    to be known as the Master of War. He'll explain the history of magic
    and everything related, and then he'll want you to walk around his
    room three times, clockwise. Why? Don't ask me. Anyway, do what he
    says (be sure to stay close to the wall), and he'll teach you how to
    use magic. Crono will learn Lightning-based magic, Marle will learn
    to use Ice (Water-magic, that is), and Lucca will learn (more) Fire-
    attacks. Robo is unable to use magic, but some of his techs will do
    elemental damage (e.g. his Laser Spin, which is Shadow).

    Then, Spekkio will challenge you into a fight. He's actually a mini-
    boss. If you defeat him, you'll receive a set, whereof its contents
    differ. When you level-up, he also does, making his as strong as you
    are. Note that this only applies to the character in the lead (the
    levels of the other party members are unimportant, until you put
    them in the lead) of the party.

    For strategies to beat Spekkio, read 8.4.3. Spekkio's forms will be
    found there, as well as the rewards for beating him, hit points, and
    a strategy to beat him. Your next goal is the present (1000 A.D.).
    Go to the pillars.

      Note: If you are on a New Game +, and/or are high enough in the
            levels to defeat Lavos, you can use the bucket at the End of
            Time now to fight it. Or use the dot at the Telepod if you
            don't want to fight the mimicked forms. If you manage to
            defeat it, you'll acquire the ending 'Good Night'.

    As you can see, there are three pillars (but once you continue the
    game, visiting more places and stepping into more Gates, you will
    'unlock' more pillars). Enter the pillar that's on top, in order to
    visit Medina.

      Tip!: If you're stuck, talk to the man and he may give you some
            hints on continuing the game. Or, of course, just follow the
            walkthrough...

            If you want to level-up, hop into the lower pillar in order
            to arrive in 65,000,000 B. C., the prehistoric ages. There,
            beat up the enemies on the mountain, and you'll gain a nice
            number of experience points.


------------------------------------------------------------------------
3.9 - The Village of Magic
------------------------------------------------------------------------

  3.9 - Preliminary
  -----------------

    After arriving in Medina, the village of the Mystics, you'll notice
    that not everyone is being nice to you. Our party's next goal is
    home. To go there, they'll have to pass Heckran's cave. Before
    entering it, the team will visit Melchior, an old weapons merchant.


  3.9.1 - Medina Village: The Mystics
  -----------------------------------

    You'll arrive in a house, coming out of a closet. The people that
    you'll meet are Mystics, demi-humans that are populating this part
    of the land. Talk to them, and you'll become aware that most of the
    Mystics don't like humans, with the exception of these two.

    Anyhow, you can eat from the cake on the table (only once), which
    will restore your health. Other than this, there isn't much more to
    do, so depart.

      Note: The four following places (Medina Square, the Market, the
            Elder's House and Melchior's Hut) are fully optional, but if
            you're here to hunt some items and information, hop in. For
            items only, check the Elder's House.


  3.9.2 - Exploration (Optional)
  ------------------------------

    In Medina Square, you'll find some Mystics, praising a statue of
    Magus. The Mystics will tell something about him (this place is just
    like the shrine in the Cathedral). Talk to the people in order to
    learn about the war that has been held 400 years ago (which they
    LOST). And since this is everything to be found here, leave and go
    to the Market.

    There are two Mystics here. The Hench is the keeper of the shop,
    while the Omnicrone is the big boss. If you try to buy something,
    you'll get the nasty Omnicrone to attack you. After the battle, you
    can finally buy stuff. The prices, however, are a bit outrageous.
    This is not a place to stock up on items and equipment. Almost the
    same will happen at the Inn. To sleep there, for another high price,
    you'll also have to smash some heads. (See 8.5.7.)

    The elder in this village is some fat Mystic who calls himself Ozzie
    VIII. On the kitchen's table, you can find a shining dot. Take it,
    and you'll receive a Speed Tab. Then, talk to the Mystics, if you
    like, and head upstairs. Here's a Magic Tab; take it. Then, depart,
    heading for the World Map.

    Go west to find Melchior's Hut. Finally; someone who's selling stuff
    for a reasonable price. In case you were wondering, Melchior is the
    weapons merchant you've met in Leene Square. He's also an important
    guy who you'll meet several more times in your quest (not that it's
    important now). Talk to him to shop; refer to section 8.5.8 for a
    listing.

    The Red Katana would be useful, since it will up your magic power a
    bit. If you decide to buy it, sell the two Lode Swords and the two
    Bolt Swords, if you have them, to receive enough money to afford the
    katana. And if you have some money left, Titan Vests may be a good
    choice.

    Once you leave the place, Melchior will notice the shortcut in the
    Heckran Cave, which leads to Truce (and that happens to be the place
    you're heading for!). Or if you're bored, examine the swords on the
    wall.


  3.9.3 - Heckran Cave
  --------------------

    Note that...

      Note: There are many enemies in this place. Almost all of them are
            invulnerable to physical attacks, so you'll be needing more
            than brute strength. The key to defeat them is magic. Be
            sure to have your magic points filled, and going through
            this dungeon can't be hard.

    You'll be greeted with the shout, "Death to the Mystics' enemies!"
    which isn't too wonderful. Beat up the two Henches that are going to
    attack you, then continue. Just follow the path, going down the
    ladder, and opening the chest. It'll get you an Ether. Onwards, and
    you'll eventually meet a Jinn Bottle, and a group of Octoblushes. Be
    sure not to forget to use techs. Once you're done, resume.

    Go down the stairs, and two Tempurites will appear. Defeat them, and
    move along until you'll arrive at a path that splits in two. First,
    take the lower path. On your way, some purple Rolypolies will attack
    you, and again, only magic will hurt them.

    The next chest is guarded. Trying to open it will result in a fight
    with three Cave Bats. Use magic, and open the chest after the battle
    to obtain a Magic Scarf. Note that this ups your magic power, so it
    is recommended to wear it. Return to the intersection and follow the
    firstly ignored path (the upper one).

    On your way, you'll find a chest. Open it to get a Mid Ether. Once
    you continue, four Tempurites will attack. Defeat them, and travel
    on. From the next point, you can either go north or south. Go north
    first, open the chest for an Ether, and go south, through the
    passageway.

    Upon entering, four Rolypolies will attack you. Pummel them down and
    continue, to find three Cave Bats. Beat them up, and go through the
    passage. The next enemies are a Jinn Bottle and three Octoblushes.
    Defeat them, and head north. A sealed chest will be found, but it
    can't be opened now. Go through the crack to find yourself in some
    kind of waterway.

    Here, use the dash-button to run through the place. Eventually, you
    will arrive in a place with a Save Point. Use it, and be sure to use
    a Shelter if you're low on health and/or magic. Enter the next area,
    to meet the next boss, Heckran.

    - Boss: Heckran

      Heckran has powerful attacks, but he isn't as hard as he looks
      like. Just use your magic, like always. Note that Heckran isn't
      weak against magical attacks, he's just strong against physical
      attacks. If possible, don't queue too much attacks and don't heal
      unless it's REALLY needed.

      He'll eventually say, "Go ahead! Try and attack...!" Now, do NOT
      attack. Doing so will result in a nasty counterattack, something
      that you do not want to happen. Heal in the meantime, until he
      says, "Brief counterattack break." Now pummel him down again.

      Once you defeat him, you'll get 250 experience points, 10 tech
      points, and 1500G. Then, he'll explode. As long as you don't hit
      him when he wants to, he's easy, especially since he then gives
      you the time to heal.

    Right before Heckran explodes, he'll say something about Magus.
    Lucca (or Marle, if Lucca isn't in your party), suggests that you
    should defeat Magus in order to change history. That'll take care of
    Lavos, she thinks. She'll also say that you should use the Gate at
    Leene Square.

    Now, go north, and hop into the pool (this was the shortcut that was
    mentioned by Melchior). You'll arrive somewhere south of Guardia and
    Truce, close to Lucca's house. To return to Heckran's Cave, find a
    spot on the World Map (Vortex Point) and press the action-button. By
    doing that, you'll be sucked up into the vortex. But now, we'll go
    to Lucca's house.


  3.9.4 - Collecting Stuff (Optional)
  -----------------------------------

    Right after you beat Heckran, you can go to Lucca's house. Inside,
    go through the doorway, and go up the stairs. You're now in the room
    of Lara, Lucca's mother. Taban will come in, saying what he had
    earned today. Then, he'll leave. Follow him, back to the main room.
    Have a talk with him, and he'll give Lucca his newest invention, the
    Taban Vest.

    And do you remember that guy who you've saved in the detention areas
    of Guardia Castle? Well, he's back, and he's got some stuff for you.
    Talk to him, and he'll give you a whopping 10 Mid Ethers. Then, the
    shopkeeper will come in, and it's back to business. Refer to section
    8.5.9 for a list of what's for sale.

    Note that Fritz won't be here if you hadn't saved him in Guardia
    Castle (obviously). Then, the shopkeeper would talk about someone
    named Elaine, who's down at the pier again... Anyway, for a list of
    what would've been sold if you haven't saved Fritz, refer to 8.5.4.

    Go to your mom. She's a bit worried about you. Reassure her (yes, it
    is quite useless to do this, but why not?), and move on to Leene
    Square. There, step into the Gate to arrive in the End of Time.


  3.9.5 - Journey to Magus
  ------------------------

    You'll notice that two more pillars are unlocked. They're the upper-
    left and the lower-right ones, and they lead to Truce Canyon in
    600 A.D., and to Leene Square, 1000 A.D., respectively.

    Your next goal is 600 A.D., the year where you can find Magus (the
    upper-left pillar). First, go to the old man, have a talk with him,
    restore your health, and use the Save Point. Then, enter the pillar
    to arrive in Truce Canyon.


------------------------------------------------------------------------
3.10 - The Hero Appears
------------------------------------------------------------------------

  3.10 - Preliminary
  ------------------

    By defeating Heckran, the party has found out that Magus could be
    the one that needs to be defeated, in order to save the future from
    Lavos. So the party will bring a visit to the Middle Ages, where a
    war is being held between the Guardia and Magus.

      Note: If you are on a New Game +, and/or are high enough in the
            levels to defeat Lavos, you can use the bucket at the End of
            Time now to fight it. Or use the dot at the Telepod if you
            don't want to fight the mimicked forms. If you manage to
            defeat it, you'll acquire the ending 'Legendary Hero'. This
            is possible at the moment you arrive in 600 A.D.


  3.10.1 - Truce and Guardia: an Era of War
  -----------------------------------------

    In Truce Canyon, follow the usual route (to the left, up the ladder,
    past the bridge, down the ladder). Once you're outside, on the World
    Map, go all the way west and then south, to arrive at Zenan Bridge.

    You can talk to the people here to gain some information. They'll
    tell you that the King has been wounded, and also that the legendary
    hero has appeared. However, you'll need to talk to the guy in the
    gold suit to find out that the people here are hungry, and that they
    are waiting for food. Then, leave.

    In the forest, go all the way north, don't forget the Shelter, and
    arrive in the castle. The guards will let you enter. If you talk to
    them, you'll find out that the hero has paid a visit to the King. Go
    to him (from the throne room, following the upper-left path).

    Inside his room, the King will tell you that the hope now relies on
    the one who has the Hero Medal, residing somewhere at the southern
    side of the island. Then, go to the kitchen (back to the entrance,
    and then to the right, down the stairs).

    Go all the way down to find a stressed cook. Talk to him, and talk
    to the maidens if you want, then leave (you can't order food). While
    you're trying to leave, the cook will stop you, giving you a Jerky.
    It's food for the guys at Zenan Bridge. He'll also give you a Power
    Tab for your support. So now, return to the bridge.


  3.10.2 - Zenan Bridge: Ozzie and Zombor
  ---------------------------------------

    Talk to the Knight Captain. Give him the Jerky that you've received
    from the cook, and a small conversation will start. It'll be roughly
    ended, though, when a soldier reports that Magus and his troops have
    launched an attack, and that the lines of defense have suffered
    greatly.

    Now, you can move again, but talk to the captain and say that you'll
    help him. He'll give you a Gold Helmet. Equip it and go to the left,
    crossing the bridge. A green dude, Ozzie, will block your path. He
    will summon two Deceased. Defeat all three of them (magic on the
    Deceased, and physical attacks on Ozzie).

    After you defeat them, Ozzie will run away. Follow him. You'll find
    three soldiers, having been defeated. Ozzie will turn them into more
    Deceased, and another fight will start. Again, use magic for the
    skeletons and physical attacks on Ozzie. And yes, he'll run again.
    Onwards. You'll find Ozzie again, who's bringing some of the dead
    troops together. He'll turn them into Zombor, your next boss.

    - Boss: Zombor

      This one can be fairly though, unless you're reading this. The
      important thing is that the upper part is vulnerable to Water- and
      Shadow-attacks. The lower part is only vulnerable to Lightning-
      and Fire-magic (and strong against physical attacks). If you use
      magic wrongly, you'll only heal him.

      Basically, that's all you need to know. Don't bring Robo, as the
      only Shadow-attack he has targets all two parts, and that's not
      good (although it's really no problem if you want to defeat the
      upper part first, but Laser Spin is weaker than techs such as *Ice
      and *Fire).

      Zombor will drop 350 experience points, 10 tech points, and 1500G.
      The head has 960 HP, and the legs will explode if you chop 800 HP
      off them. This battle is a piece of cake, just don't use the wrong
      elements.

    To continue, go to the left, leaving Zenan Bridge.

      Note: The following places that are being described in this
            chapter, are fully optional. Most of the places are here to
            get information, while some of them also provide some items.
            But you can skip them, if you want. If you do, head for the
            Denadoro Mountains (walkthrough can be found in the next
            chapter).

            If you have nothing better to do, or unless you have already
            gone through the game at least once, it is advised to visit
            most of these places to understand the plot a bit better.


  3.10.3 - Dorino Village (Optional)
  ----------------------------------

    Upon entering the Elder's House, you'll eavesdrop on Toma and the
    headman of this village. They are talking about the Rainbow Shell,
    some kind of material that can be used to make reflective armor.
    Anyway, Toma will eventually leave, going to the Inn. If you want,
    follow him.

    There are people there that'll give you some valuable information,
    so be sure to have a talk with them. They'll say that the legendary
    hero has appeared, and that he will rescue us from the evil Magus.
    They'll also say that there's a legendary sword, the Masamune, which
    is hidden somewhere in the Denadoro Mountains.

    Someone will also say that there are goblins in the mountains with
    huge hammers, but who will be weak as pussycats once you burn those
    hammers. Another one will say that energy-attacks can be neutralized
    by using the Slash-attack. Remember these tips.

    You can also sleep here for 50G. In the Market, you can buy some
    items if you want. There are no weapons to be found here, or other
    types of equipment. Refer to section 8.5.10 for a listing.

    In a residence of Dorino, you can find a shining dot, in a drawer.
    But if you try to get it, you'll find out that it's locked. Talk to
    the old man, who will notice your Naga-ette Bromide, and he'll want
    to trade it. If you agree, he'll unlock the drawer for you so that
    you can take the item that's inside. It's a Magic Tab, and once you
    have it, you can leave the place (there's nothing more to do here).

      Note: If you hadn't taken the Naga-ette Bromide from somewhere in
            the Cathedral, the old man will not notice that you have it,
            and a trade will be impossible. Also note that the Bromide
            will not appear in your inventory listing.


  3.10.4 - The Cursed Woods: Frog's Hideout (Optional)
  ----------------------------------------------------

    Go to the Cursed Woods. You'll meet some Gnawers and T'poles in this
    area. While fighting them, I suggest that you hit the Gnawers (the
    snakes) first, after which they'll leech hit points from the T'poles
    (and you don't have to fight them that way). While battling through
    the woods, you can get a Mid Tonic and a Shelter from the chests.

      Note: A mysterious creature, the Nu, can be found in this place.
            If you find it fast enough, you can also fight it. It has
            1234 HP, and once you defeat it, you'll receive massive tech
            points, which is probably a way to learn many techs earlier
            in the game.

    In the end, you'll probably notice a shaking bush, and it seems that
    you can enter it. Do that (from behind the bush, climb down). You'll
    find yourself in Frog's hideout.

    Frog will come down, and a conversation will start. Crono will tell
    Frog that the King has been injured. Talk to Frog a couple of times
    and open the pot to get a MagicScarf. Then, you can leave.


  3.10.5 - Porre Village (Optional)
  ---------------------------------

    You can sleep at Porre Inn for 20G. That's about it, there's nothing
    much more to do there. Go to the Market.

    Inside, you'll meet a soldier and a kid who are discussing something
    strange. To the left is a Power Tab. Take it, and talk to the one
    behind the counter to start shopping. Refer to section 8.5.11.

    In the Elder's House, you have the permission to get the contents of
    the two sealed boxes. But since they're sealed, you can't open them
    (that's probably the reason why you may have permission!). There's a
    girl, running around, wanting to marry Tata. The Elder will tell you
    where you can find the Magic Cave. By talking to the other people
    you'll probably notice something very...odd.

    Yes, the 'legendary hero' is a little kid.

    In the Cafe, you'll find people who like to brag about having the
    legendary hero in their village, while others don't like it. The kid
    is a little brat, according to them. Anyway, the one in the corner
    has spotted some cave pop open, and some ghouls flying in. The old
    man will talk about an ugly frog, mumbling something about the Queen
    and the Masamune. And Toma may also be here, selling his stories.
    Once you're finished, go to the Denadoro Mountains to resume your
    quest.


------------------------------------------------------------------------
3.11 - Tata and the Frog
------------------------------------------------------------------------

  3.11.1 - The Legendary Hero
  ---------------------------

    Go to the Denadoro Mountains, which are right of Dorino. Be sure to
    bring the goofy glasses (Lucca) with you, as you'll need her for her
    Fire-techs.

    In the beginning, you'll notice two Goblins, two Bellbirds, and a
    chest (the enemies are avoidable). Open the chest to receive 300G,
    and go all the way north. Upon reaching the ladder, you'll notice a
    kid running away from a Goblin (which you will fight). After beating
    the Goblin, the boy will say something, after which an Ogan will
    attack.

      Note: To defeat Ogans, the Goblins with a hammer, you will have to
            use Fire-magic in order to burn the hammer, so that their
            defense will decrease to the Goblins' vulnerability.

    Don't go up the ladder yet, but go to the right, entering a passage.
    In here, you'll find a chest containing Robo's Mirage Hand. If you
    have him in your party, be sure to equip it, and if you don't, now
    is a good time to let him join. Once you're finished, return, and
    climb up the firstly ignored ladder.

    To the left is a chest to be found that contains an Ether. Grab it,
    and go all the way down. Walk past the ledge to find another chest
    (where the kid was), and open it to get a Revive. Return. You can
    fight the Goblin, if you like (first examine the Goblin, then move
    away from him, and a Free Lancer will join the fight). When you're
    done, head for the north, and cross the bridge.

    Climb up the ladder, and you'll soon bump into an Ogan and a Goblin.
    Use the previously attended strategy to beat them and open the chest
    for 500G. Then, cross the wooden bridge. Once you go down, an Ogan
    will come out of the bushes. It'll attack you, unless you'll avoid
    him by dashing, or by walking very slowly. Climb up the two ladders,
    and arrive in the next area of the mountains.

    There's a Free Lancer. Beat him up. At the intersection, follow the
    upper path (the first path), and open the chest for a Mid Ether.
    Then, return, and take the other path. Once you near the chest, two
    Free Lancers will attack. After defeating them, open the chest go
    acquire a Revive, and climb up the ladder. Take the Gold Helmet that
    is in the other chest, equip it, and continue.

    You'll run into a fight with an Ogan. Defeat him, and go to the left
    of the screen. A Free Lancer will be waiting here for you, along
    with an Ogan. After defeating them, go down first, open the chest to
    receive a Mid Tonic, and go to the left.

    You'll find yourself at a waterfall. Work your way through the place
    (and ignore that annoying Free Lancer, as he's throwing stones at
    you, and those stones will do 5 hit points damage to the one who has
    been hit by it), and get the Mid Ether on your way. Enter the
    passage.

    Go to the right, and you'll have to fight a Free Lancer and an Ogan.
    Defeat them, and climb the ladder. Once you're finished, go on, and
    take down the following two Free Lancers that are going to battle
    you. Open the chest for 600G, and move on. Be sure to heal the party
    at this point if you're low on health.

    In the next area, you'll have four to fight battles continuously.
    First, an Ogan and a Goblin will attack you. Defeat them, and battle
    the next Ogan and a Free Lancer. Upon defeating those, another group
    of an Ogan and a Goblin will come. Finally, two Free Lancers and an
    Ogan will follow. Once you're cleared this path, head for the next
    one.

    Open the chest to get 300G. Then, move on, and you'll run into a
    battle with two Free Lancers and a Bellbird. Defeat them, and get
    the Mid Tonic. From now on, you can either go down the waterfall, or
    up. If you go down, you'll get some useful items. The other path
    (north) will let you resume your quest. If you don't want the items,
    skip the following three pieces of text.

      Note: The closer you get to the waterfall, the slippery it gets.
            That basically means that you'll fall down if you don't
            watch out carefully. And that's something you probably don't
            want to happen.

    There are actually two paths that you can take when dropping down
    the fall. If you take the left one, you'll get an extra item. Should
    you miss it, though, you'll have to go back and do it over again. I
    suggest that you stay close to the left wall as much as possible.
    Then, drop down (don't forget to hold the left-button!) Open the
    chest for a Silver Stud. Jump off the ledge, and open the chest for
    a Silver Earring. Go into the woods (you can't go back, so be sure
    you've taken all chests in this area).

    Now, just follow the regular path. You, fortunately, don't have to
    fight the four battles again. Once you're back at the falls, take
    the left path. On your way, you'll notice a training Free Lancer,
    who you'll have to fight. Get the Mid Ether from the chest first,
    and continue.

    Cross the bridge. Three Bellbirds will (probably) attack you. In the
    end, you'll meet a sitting Kilwala. Talk to him four times to get a
    Magic Tab. Then, continue, and use the Save Point. Don't forget to
    also use a Shelter, if it's needed. Then, open the chest to get a
    Mid Ether. Walk down the paths, and get the Speed Tab that's hidden
    somewhere in the lower-left corner. Head for the right (be sure that
    you've saved your game!).

    From here, try to dash all the way, since that annoying Free Lancer,
    throwing stones, is back. Climb down the ladder (it's broken, so
    once you're down, going up is not possible anymore). Open the chest
    for a Shelter, and interact with one of the Goblins to fight them.
    After the battle, interact with the Free Lancer, and avoid him (i.e.
    unless you want to invite another Free Lancer and two Ogans). Enter
    the cave.


  3.11.2 - Masa and Mune
  ----------------------

    Inside is a strange, harmless kid saying that he's the wind. Try to
    go up the stair set, though, and he'll stop you. He'll ask you if
    you're here for the Masamune. You are, so say so. He'll then call
    his brother, and after the conversation, a fight will start.

    - Boss: Masa and Mune

      This fight is simple. The main thing you'll need to know about
      them is that they aren't capable of fighting without a partner, so
      you'll need to concentrate your attacks on one of them. A (cheap)
      strategy is to use Lucca's Hypno Wave to make one of them asleep,
      and then to attack the one that isn't sleeping. Ice Sword and Fire
      Sword will do massive damage. Keep your Heals ready, as someone
      may put Chaos on a character.

      Both Masa and Mune have 1000 HP. They'll each drop 200 experience
      points, 2 tech points and 200G. If this battle is too hard, you
      might as well stop now and return to level-up, since a harder one
      is coming up.

    After you've proven yourself to the two, they'll say that you're
    pretty tough, and they'll fuse. Without having the time to heal or
    change your party, the new form will attack, accompanied by a new
    boss-tune.

    - Boss: Masa & Mune

      This battle is obviously harder than the one before. This is a
      good time to use Ice Sword and Fire Sword, or Antipode if those
      two aren't possible. Oh, and don't use Lightning too much since
      his defense against that type elemental is higher than normal.

      Masa & Mune will, at a specific point, store his tornado energy.
      Use the Slash-technique to neutralize it, but don't use any other
      attack, or he'll counterattack with his own version of Slash! If
      you don't hit him at all, you'll get the tornado energy down your
      throat.

      Masa & Mune has 3600 HP. Once you win, you'll get 500 experience
      points, 10 tech points and 1500G.

    The kids will reappear. They're actually the Masamune itself, and
    they'll return to it. Once you get near it, though, you'll notice
    that there's nothing left but a broken sword. Once you've gotten it,
    you'll be flown back to the base of the mountain.


  3.11.3 - The Real Hero
  ----------------------

    Go to Tata's House, and talk to Tata, the legendary hero (echo) that
    would save us from the evil Magus, but who ran away from a Goblin.
    He'll admit that he's not the real hero, and he'll give you the Hero
    Medal. He'll tell you how it all happened, some frog (hint, hint)
    has dropped the medal. Once you're done, go to Frog.

      Note: If you are on a New Game +, and/or are high enough in the
            levels to defeat Lavos, you can use the bucket at the End of
            Time now to fight it. Or use the dot at the Telepod if you
            don't want to fight the mimicked forms. If you manage to
            defeat it, you'll acquire the ending 'The Unknown Past'.
            This is possible at the moment you receive the Hero Medal
            from Tata.

    Just follow the usual route to the shaking bush, going to Frog. He
    will see that you have a medal with you, and he'll recognize it. But
    after that, he'll want you to leave, as he claims not to be the hero
    everyone's talking about. He'll move away from the pot that starts
    to glitter.

    Open it to get the other part of the Masamune, the hilt. If you have
    Robo with you, he'll read that 'Roihclem' is engraved, but he'll
    reverse it (system error...), so it'll read 'Melchior' (the name of
    the weapons merchant). He will be our next stop.

    Inside his house, Melchior will notice the sword (or what's left of
    it). The party will ask Melchior if he can fix it. He'll say that it
    can be done, but to make it possible, you will need to have the
    Dreamstone, a stone that cannot be found anymore. That means you'll
    have to go back to the past and get a part of the stone there. So
    head back, to the End of Time, and to the prehistoric ages.

      Note: Melchior will not be here (there's a note saying he's out
            somewhere) if you haven't visited Frog and gotten the other
            part of the Masamune.


------------------------------------------------------------------------
3.12 - The Rare Red Rock
------------------------------------------------------------------------

  3.12 - Preliminary
  ------------------

    After getting the two broken parts of the legendary Masamune and
    bringing them to Melchior, it seemed that it wasn't yet possible to
    repair it. To do that, you'll need the Dreamstone, a stone that has
    not been here for aeons. So, you'll have to travel back into time
    and get the Dreamstone there.

    Note that you cannot find G in this next era! That's simply because
    money doesn't exist there, so don't try to find enemies dropping G.
    Actually, you won't even NEED money here, so...


  3.12.1 - Oohga, bunga
  ---------------------

    Enter the closet (well that sounds pretty stupid, doesn't it?) in
    the Residence in Medina, arriving in the End of Time. Here, use one
    of the lower time-pillars to find the prehistoric ages (65,000,000
    B. C.). You'll arrive on the Mystic Mountains.

    You'll notice that the Gate is located somewhere in mid-air, so you
    will fall down. On the ground, you'll notice five green, ugly
    creatures that are looking like a mix of dinosaurs and humans. They
    are actually Reptites, and a battle will start.

    After the fight, another group of Reptites will arrive to take you
    down, but some prehistoric cavewoman will come for the rescue. She
    will kick some butt, but four other Reptites will still see a chance
    to attack. Defeat them.

    The woman will get near the group, and a conversation will start.
    You can name her at this point (the default name is Ayla, which will
    also be used in the walkthrough). As you can see, the conversation
    isn't too clear for the party, and maybe funny too. In the end, Ayla
    will head for Ioka. Follow her.

    One of the first things that you may notice is the green box-like
    thing. It's the prehistoric version of a treasure chest. Open it to
    get a Berserker. Continue, and a group of four Runners will block
    your way. If they're lined up, just use a Napalm or any other area-
    affecting spell to defeat them all. Note that if you're low in the
    levels, use *Lightning or any other Lightning-based tech to decrease
    the defense of the dinosaurs.

    Move on, and you'll come across two Kilwalas (but you can avoid a
    fight with them). Continue, and you'll find two Runners. If you
    decide to fight them, while you haven't fought the Kilwalas, those
    Kilwalas will join the battle here, unless you're going to attack
    them when the Kilwalas aren't on-screen.

    Outside, go to the huts (you can't do anything in the Forest Maze,
    for now). The first two huts are containing some info. In the left
    hut, you can find a guy saying that the chief has the red stone that
    you're looking for. The other one will say that the chief is north
    in the village.

    In the other hut, the right one, you can find a woman with Sweet
    Water for you to drink. Talk to her, and if you agree to drink the
    water, you'll recover both hit and magic points. Once you're done,
    go north. In the right hut in the north, you can find a guy who will
    want to trade your G (your 'shiny stones') for the stuff that I've
    listed down in section 8.5.12.

    Other people will say that thunder is able to stun the dinosaurs
    (hint, hint). They'll also say that you can get Petals, Fangs, Horns
    and Feathers in the Hunting Range. Another will say that this is a
    trading hut. Go to the Chief's Hut, as there's no other place to go.
    Talk to Ayla. She'll say that the night is about to come, and she'll
    drag you to the party that will be coming.

    Ayla will introduce Crono and the others to the Ioka people. Then,
    the party will begin. Everyone's happy, except for a guy named Kino.
    He'll say that Ayla is giving a party for outsiders, and he isn't
    really pleased with that. Anyway, you can talk to Marle, when she's
    about to dance, and try to dance yourself. Talking to Lucca will net
    you some soup, and Robo will do nothing.

    To continue, talk to Ayla. She'll say that she's having some kind of
    war with the Reptites. Their leader is Azala. Talk to her again and
    she'll notice the red stone you're looking for. She'll say that she
    will hand it over to you, but you'll have to win a challenge first.
    It's...a soup race.

    To gulp as many soup as you can, press the A-button, repeatedly, and
    as fast as possible (it's practically the same as the soda-guzzling
    contest in Leene Square). If you lose, you can try again. And once
    you win, the rock will be yours.

    However, when you wake up, you'll notice some footprints. A while
    later, you'll also notice that the Gate Key has been stolen! Without
    it, you'll be stuck here forever. Go to the Chief's Hut to continue.


  3.12.2 - Disappearance of the Gate Key
  --------------------------------------

    Inside, you'll meet Ayla, who's sleeping. And if you don't wake her
    up, she'll stay asleep, so interact with her to wake her. The
    discussion will start, and in the end, Ayla will join your party.
    You can now have one extra character (Marle, Lucca or Robo) in your
    team.

    It doesn't really matter who you choose. The only two people that
    you'll need are Crono and Ayla, with Crono the one that's using his
    Lightning-magic, while Ayla will finish the jobs off. I suggest that
    you arm Crono with a Silver Stud (if you have that), so his magic
    won't last for too short.


------------------------------------------------------------------------
3.13 - Footsteps! Follow!
------------------------------------------------------------------------

  3.13 - Preliminary
  ------------------

    After arriving in the prehistoric ages and becoming aware of the
    situation around there, the party has found the Dreamstone they were
    after. But when waking up from the festivities that were taking
    place the night before, they've found out that the Gate Key, an item
    that is essential to travel through time, has been stolen!

    Footsteps of Reptites have been found, though, and they're leading
    to the Forest Maze. But before going there, you may want to visit
    the trading hut and trade materials, found in the Hunting Range, to
    trade some better equipment.


  3.13.1 - Collecting Stuff (Optional)
  ------------------------------------

    Go to the lower-right hut. If you need to, drink some of the famous
    Sweet Water to replenish hit and magic points. Talk to the guy in
    the middle to receive a Tonic. He'll say that the footprints will
    eventually lead to the Reptite's lair (hint, hint).

    In the lower-left hut, you'll meet a kid who'll say that she has
    seen Reptites coming from the Meeting Site, heading for the Forest
    Maze. The man here will say that Kino has been gone all morning.

    In the trading hut, you can now trade for equipment. Talk to the guy
    on the left and ask him what you can buy. He'll give you a list,
    which is reprinted in section 8.5.13. As you can see, G isn't worth
    anything here. To get the money from this era, you'll have to head
    for the Hunting Range. Enemies here will drop the stuff you'll need.

    The Ruby Vest is less vulnerable against Fire; I suggest that you
    buy these for your party. I also suggest that you get a Rock Helmet
    or two. It isn't very expensive, since it isn't hard to get those
    trading materials.

    And why is this hut trading GUNS? Or robot parts? Didn't Ayla know
    what the heck a robot was? (" 'Rawboot?' What that? Ayla don't
    know." "What you say?! No rubbish or Ayla, head go boom!")

    There are several groups of enemies in the range. The group of a
    Croaker, Amphibite and a Rain Frog will drop 2 Fangs, 2 Horns and 2
    Feathers. The Ion and Anion will drop 2 Feathers and 2 Petals. Once
    it starts to rain (once in a time), a Nu may appear. This strange
    monster will drop 3 of each trading material, and the first time
    that you beat it, you'll get a Third Eye (accessory). The Nu will
    disappear once it stops raining.

      Tip!: Something that you may want to do is to collect lots of
            trading materials, buy a lot of expensive stuff, and sell it
            for G to receive a whopping amount of money!

    Now, buy the stuff that you need, drink from that water in one of
    the huts, and go to the Forest Maze.


  3.13.2 - The Forest Maze: Kino's Stupidity
  ------------------------------------------

    The footsteps will lead to the Forest Maze, south of the village.
    Inside, you'll meet Kino. He'll admit that he had taken the stuff of
    Crono, and that he had done it because of jealousy. Ayla will tell
    him to give it back, but it appears that the Reptites took it away
    from him. Ayla will then order him to return to the village, and she
    will join your party.

      Note: To get your Gate Key back, you'll only have to follow the
            footsteps. There are some chests here, however, and to reach
            them you'll need to leave the trail at times. Follow the
            walkthrough to get all items.

            BUT, if you walk ON the trail, you'll fight various enemies.
            To avoid them, just walk around the trail, but keep in mind
            that there are some unavoidable enemies.

    First go to the right and open the chest for a Mid Tonic. Then climb
    down the vine. Before climbing the other vine, head for the left to
    find a chest with a Revive. You'll have to fight two Gold Eaglets to
    get it, though. Once you've defeated them and gotten the item, climb
    down the trailing plant.

    From here, go to the right (or go down and fight the three Kilwalas
    that'll block your path) and cross the bridge (the crooked tree).
    From there, go down, through the somewhat hidden passageway, and you
    will find a chest with a Mid Tonic. Go all the way up, but go to the
    left at the end to find a Mid Ether. Then, continue, while following
    the trail.

    On your way, you may meet a Winged Ape and a chest, which contains a
    Revive. At the end of the trail, you'll find a Shelter. Then, follow
    the path that follows. Eventually, you'll end up at an intersection
    (and maybe two Runners), where you can go left or up. They'll both
    lead to the same place, but the upper path is a bit longer (and you
    will come across three Gold Eaglets and two Runners). So, head for
    the left.

    At the next small intersection, take the lower path and open the
    chest to get a Mid Tonic. Once you move on, you'll fight a Winged
    Ape and a Kilwala. Defeat them, and open the chest for a Heal. Then,
    climb down the vine and go all the way to the right, and open the
    somewhat hidden chest. It contains a Mid Ether. Work your way back
    to the left and go down to leave the forest.

    On the World Map, you may want to use a Shelter if you're low on
    health, and save. Then, go into the big rock-like thing to enter the
    Reptite Lair.


  3.13.3 - The Reptites
  ---------------------

    Go to the right. This is the main room, which contains a hole and
    four Evilweevils. You can jump into the hole and continue, but you
    can also wait for the Evilweevils until they start digging holes,
    and jump into that hole to arrive in other areas.

    There are actually four rooms that you can drop down. The hole that
    was already here will lead to the Northwest Route. The holes that
    the Evilweevils are going to dig may or may not lead to the route
    that you're after. If they're digging somewhere where you don't want
    them to dig (if you've, for example, already visited the place that
    the hole leads to), quickly run into the Evilweevil and interact
    with it to push it away. If you fail, though, just re-enter the lair
    and hope you'll have better luck next time.

    Each path will lead to a 'Central Area'. Don't worry, once you have
    dropped down a hole and followed a route, you can return and jump
    into other holes, to get all items from this area.

    - Northwest Route

      You can enter this route by just dropping down the hole that was
      already dug. You'll land in a place with two Evilweevils and a
      hole. Just defeat the Evilweevils and go into the hole, there's
      nothing else that you can do. The next area is one with a Megasaur
      and another hole. Note that using Lightning-magic to lower its
      defense can defeat the Megasaur more easily. Once you're done, go
      down the hole.

      You are now in the Central Area. Skip the following three routes,
      since you aren't there at this point, and read the walkthrough for
      the Central Area.

    - Northeast Route

      There are two Evilweevils, two Fly Traps and a chest. The chest
      contains a Mid Ether. Get the item, defeat the enemies, and drop
      down the hole. In the next area are two Evilweevils, one Fly Trap,
      and another chest, containing a Ruby Vest. Defeat the enemies, be
      sure to equip the armor, and drop down the hole to arrive in the
      Central Area.

      You can also return to this route, and WAIT for the first two
      Evilweevils to start digging. Then, go into one of the mined holes
      and arrive in a secret area. Open the chest to receive an Elixir,
      and dive into the hole to land in the Central Area.

      Skip the next two routes and read on.

    - Southwest Route

      There's a hole, an Evilweevil, a Fly Trap and a chest. Take the
      Mid Ether from the chest and take out the enemies. Then, dive into
      the hole and repeat the same process. Open the chest for a Full
      Tonic and beat up the next pair of enemies. Drop down the hole and
      skip the next route to proceed.

    - Southeast Route

      An Evilweevil, a Fly Trap and a chest, with a Full Tonic, are here
      waiting for you. Get the item, but DON'T defeat the enemies. Wait
      for the Evilweevil to dig a hole. Once he's done, defeat the Fly
      Trap and enter the hole. You'll arrive in a large area with two
      Evilweevils, a Fly Trap, a Megasaur and a chest (Full Ether). Now,
      defeat everyone and get the item. Lastly, drop down the hole to
      land in the Central Area.

        Note: If you had entered the other hole (not the one that the
              Evilweevil has dug), you'd enter an area with a couple of
              monsters and a chest with a Ruby Vest. But that area is
              the same as the one of the Northeast Route, so there's no
              need to enter it (unless you hadn't taken the Ruby Vest,
              of course).

    In the next section, you'll cross four running Reptites. Defeat them
    (or not), and defeat the Reptite that is guarding the upper-right
    chest (he'll be accompanied by a Megasaur). Open the chest to obtain
    a Full Ether.

    Another Reptite is guarding the lower-left chest. Defeat it (and the
    Megasaur), and open the chest for a Rock Helmet. In the end, go to
    the right and enter the passageway. Also, don't forget to equip the
    equipment you've gotten from the chests, if you hadn't done that
    before.

    Upon entering the next area, a fight with a Winged Ape and a Shitake
    will immediately start. Once it's over, go north to find another
    Winged Ape and two Shitakes.

    As you can see, to the left is a crack. It leads back to the main
    area (the place with the four Evilweevils). This crack can be used
    to return and get all items from this place. Climb the three ladders
    that you can find inside, defeat the Winged Ape (if you want), and
    dive into the hole to return. Once you're done getting all items, or
    if you think that you don't need them, then ignore this place from
    now on. Skip the crack and go north.

    In the end, you'll meet a Megasaur and two Reptites guarding the
    entrance. Finish them off (or run from the battle), and a Save Point
    will appear. Use it, and also use a Shelter. Lastly, read the note
    below and enter the passage.

      Note: Having Ayla's single tech Cat Attack is highly recommended.
            Unless you have MANY tech points to go, go back and fight
            some enemies until you learn it.


  3.13.4 - Azala and Nizbel
  -------------------------

    You'll meet Azala, the leader of the Reptites. He'll wonder what the
    Gate Key is all about. You'll have the option to tell him or not. If
    you do, he won't believe you, and he'll summon Nizbel. If you don't,
    he'll do the same. Either way, you'll have to fight this next boss.

    - Boss: Nizbel

      This guy can be nasty, but, like other bosses in the game, they
      have their weaknesses. Like the dinosaurs, you'll need Lightning-
      magic to lower the defense of Nizbel. The problem here is that he
      will release the electrocution energy, which will do some major
      damage, so have your healers ready. Don't forget that you'll have
      to lower his defense again once the energy has been released.

      If you have Volt Bite (dual tech, Crono and Ayla, needs *Lightning
      and Cat Attack), you can pummel him down in no time, but learning
      that tech will need some time, so you may or may not have it. Volt
      Bite will do about FIVE times the damage done by *Lightning, by
      the way. If you don't have it, use Ice Sword. It's not as strong
      as Volt Bite, but better than nothing.

      You'll have to chop 4200 HP off Nizbel. Once you've done that, you
      will receive 500 experience points, 10 tech points, but no G. If
      Ayla has learned her Charm-tech already (which is probably not the
      case in a regular New Game) you can steal a Third Eye off him.

    Azala will return the Gate Key, but he'll escape later on. Then, the
    party go back to Ayla's hut.

    There'll be a short conversation involving Crono and Ayla. In the
    end, you'll leave. Kino will apologize for his behavior (now, he
    wants to be like you!). Head for the Mystic Mountains. On your way,
    you'll cross four Kilwalas, two Runners, two Kilwalas and four
    Runners. Some of them can be ignored. Work your way to the top of
    the mountain, and dive into the Gate.


------------------------------------------------------------------------
3.14 - The Masamune!
------------------------------------------------------------------------

  3.14 - Preliminary
  ------------------

    After having found the Dreamstone and your stolen Gate Key, it's now
    time to return to Melchior and forge the Masamune.

      Note: If you are on a New Game +, and/or are high enough in the
            levels to defeat Lavos, you can use the bucket at the End of
            Time now to fight it. Or use the dot at the Telepod if you
            don't want to fight the mimicked forms. If you manage to
            defeat it, you'll acquire the ending 'People of the Times'.


  3.14.1 - Reparation of the Masamune
  -----------------------------------

    At the End of Time, there isn't much to do. If Crono's current level
    is 20 or higher, though, Spekkio will appear in a new form. Some
    strategies to beat him can be found in section 8.4.3. Other than
    Spekkio, you can talk to the old guy to find out that your next stop
    is Melchior. So enter one of the upper pillars to visit him. Get out
    of the closet and the house. Head for Melchior (to the left on the
    World Map).

    Talk to Melchior. He'll notice that you have the Dreamstone (and he
    will wonder how you've gotten it, but doesn't want to hear it since
    his heart won't be able to take it...). Later on, he'll head for the
    basement to forge the Masamune, while Lucca's (or Robo if she isn't
    in your party) following him.

    Downstairs, the process to repair the sword will begin. A while
    later, it'll be finished, and Melchior will hand it over. Then, you
    will leave the house to head for Frog (via the End of time, of
    course). Or go...


  3.14.2 - Collecting Stuff (Optional)
  ------------------------------------

    You're just in time. From this chapter on, once you have repaired
    the Masamune, you can go to Taban (in Lucca's house) and talk to him
    to get the Taban Helmet. If you didn't get the Taban Vest earlier,
    you'll get it now. Talk to him twice to get both items.


  3.14.3 - Recruit Frog
  ---------------------

    In the Cursed Woods, meet Frog. Talk to him, and he'll be shocked
    once he sees that you have the Masamune. Frog will say that he must
    consider this twist of events. Meanwhile, some flashbacks will be
    shown. Those will start in Guardia Castle. Cyrus, who seems to be an
    important person in relation to the events with Frog. In the end,
    he'll leave the castle with Glenn. In the forest, they'll fight the
    Frog King (Nirvana Strike!) to get the Hero Medal.

    Later, on the Denadoro Mountains, Glenn will scream for help. Here,
    something must have happened where Glenn got hurt and where Cyrus
    lost his Masamune. There will be a short conversation with Magus and
    Ozzie. Magus will eventually defeat Cyrus, and Ozzie will play with
    Glenn, turning him into a frog, Frog.

    Ten years have passed since then, and Frog doesn't know what to do.
    Next morning, Frog will decide to go to Magus' castle, to avenge the
    death of Cyrus. He'll join you. Leave the forest, and head for the
    Magic Cave (east of Fiona's Villa).

      Note: If you are on a New Game +, and/or are high enough in the
            levels to defeat Lavos, you can use the bucket at the End of
            Time now to fight it. Or use the dot at the Telepod if you
            don't want to fight the mimicked forms. If you manage to
            defeat it, you'll acquire the ending 'The Oath'.


  3.14.4 - The Magic Cave: on to Magus' Castle!
  ---------------------------------------------

    Upon entering, Frog will have another flashback. You'll see that he
    got teased when he was young, and that it had influenced his life
    later on. After that, he'll ask the Masamune from you, and he'll use
    it to do some awesome-looking move to open the entrance to the cave.

    From now on, some little bat will follow you. You can ignore it, as
    it won't hurt you.

    A Vamp and two Gremlins will block your way. The Vamp can easily be
    defeated by using physical attacks, but the rats will need magic to
    be destroyed. Once they're defeat, Frog will notice the magic you're
    using (even if you hadn't used it at all...). Which reminds us that
    we'll have to visit the End of Time! Now, ignore this place for a
    while and go to the End of Time.

    The old guy will notice Frog (if you talk to him). But you want to
    learn some magic, so go to Spekkio's room. Spekkio will, because of
    Frog's frog-appearance, give him Water-magic. Then, he'll ask you if
    you want to try it out. If you do, you'll fight him. Once you're
    ready, go and head back to the Magic Cave.

    Upon entering, defeat the Vamp and the two Gremlins. Once they are
    defeated, go on, past the sealed chest. You'll meet another group of
    Vamps and Gremlins. After the battle, you'll notice a bunch of rats
    run away. Follow them (it's a pretty straightforward path), and beat
    them up (if you have them, level 2-elemental spells can be useful).
    Once the battle is over, another group of enemies will appear. Just
    work your way through the dungeon until you find a dead soldier at
    the end. If you examine him, you'll find a note that says that the
    Jugglers, enemies in Magus' castle, will raise their defense once
    attacked.

    On the World Map, save. Then, enter Magus' castle.


------------------------------------------------------------------------
3.15 - Magus' Castle
------------------------------------------------------------------------

  3.15 - Preliminary
  ------------------

    After forging the Masamune, Frog has decided to come with you and
    fight Magus to avenge the death of Cyrus, the best friend of Frog.
    It's Magus' castle where they've ended up, and it seems that there
    are strange things going on inside.


  3.15.1 - Magus' Castle
  ----------------------

    In front of the castle, Frog will point out the obvious. You'll have
    a nice view over the castle, and after that, you can enter. Once you
    are inside, you can either take the left path or the right. Nothing
    in the plot will radically change because of your choice, but this
    walkthrough will assume you'll visit the left wing first.

    So take the left path, and just go all the way forward. If you want,
    talk to the people here, but none of them will give you valuable
    information. There's a chest on your way, though (right of you). Get
    the Mid Ether from it, and enter the next area. This room has been
    abandoned, although there are two chests with a Mid Ether (left) and
    a Shelter (right). Once you're ready, return all the way back to the
    entrance.

    Now, follow the right path and go, like in the previous hallway, all
    the way forward. You'll notice four kids surrounding a chest, so the
    chest can't be opened yet. In the hallway, you will meet three known
    characters. The first one is one that relates to the third character
    in your party (Marle's dad, if it's Marle, or Taban, if Lucca, or
    Lucca herself, if Robo). The second character who you'll meet is
    Queen Leene from 600 A.D. (relates to Frog), and lastly, you'll meet
    Crono's mom. You can talk to them if you wish, but again, nothing
    important will happen. Then go north. There's nothing to do there,
    so return to the entrance.


  3.15.2 - Ozzie, Slash and Flea
  ------------------------------

    You'll notice that a Save Point has appeared. Try to use it, though,
    and the screen will darken. Ozzie will appear, saying that Magus is
    busy right now. To see him, Ozzie will say that you'll need to beat
    him, the swordsman Slash, the magician Flea, and all hundred of the
    beasts in this castle. Then, he'll fade away, but a battle with four
    Henches and two Vamps will start. Defeat them, and follow one of the
    paths to continue. (Monster count, 6.)

      Note: Even though Ozzie is saying that you'll have to defeat all
            hundred monsters, you can also ignore them, it doesn't make
            any difference.

    - Left wing

      Note that if you take the right path first, skip this section of
      the walkthrough and return here later once you've cleared the
      right wing.

      Fight the Omnicrone and the four Decedents. To defeat those four
      Decedents, use Slash once some of them line up. Lucca's Hypno Wave
      may also work. Once you're finished, continue and fight another
      group of an Omnicrone and four Decedents. (Monster count, 16.)

      In the next room, you'll meet five people. To continue, talk to
      the upper one and a battle will begin (five Decedents). After the
      battle, you'll hear a mysterious voice. It's from Slash, a name
      dropped by Ozzie. After the conversation with him, a battle will
      start. (Monster count, 21.)

      - Boss: Slash

        This fight has been divided in two battles. The first part is
        not very hard, but since the fights are continuous, you'll have
        to stick to the team you've chosen at the beginning.

        Use physical attacks to bust him up, or even some triple techs
        to finish him off quickly. Once you've done about 3000 hit
        points of damage, be sure to heal everyone, and defeat him. He
        will do a counterattack in the end that will hit everyone.

        This Slush (that's SLASH, you slimy dolt!) has 3200 HP. After
        the battle, he'll take his sword from the wall, and the fight is
        going to be a lot tougher.

      - Boss: Slash

        He'll have more attacks to fire off, but if you keep the healers
        ready, you can defeat him with no major trouble. If available,
        use triple techs, otherwise use your best dual techs.

        Don't try to use magic, since it won't have very much effect.
        Water-attacks will do 0 damage to Slash, and his defense against
        the other elementals is twice of the normal defense.

        The second form of Slash has 5200 HP. Should you defeat him, you
        will receive 500 experience points, 10 tech points and 1500G.

      Once he fades away, he'll leave his sword and a Save Point. Pick
      up the sword (Slasher), equip it on Crono, and save. Then, return
      all the way back to the entrance. You'll meet the same enemies on
      your way back. They can be defeated, but they won't be counted in
      the hundred beasts that Ozzie spoke of.

    - Right wing

      Now, take the right path, and you'll meet four kids surrounding a
      chest. If you talk to them, some will ask if you want the treasure
      they're guarding. If you accept, they'll revert into four Shadows.
      Bust them up and open the chest for a Barrier (item). Continue.
      (Monster count, 25.)

      Talking to the next person will net you a group of one Sorcerer,
      two Henches and two Vamps. After the battle, continue and open the
      chest for a Mid Ether. Then talk to Queen Leene. You'll have to
      fight the same group of enemies now. Once the battle is over, talk
      to Crono's mom to have another fight with the same formation. Then
      enter the passage. (Monster count, 40.)

      You'll notice a Juggler in this room. Frog will presume it's Flea,
      but before you talk to it and start the battle, heal, using ONE
      character's techs, without using Ethers. (For example, if Frog is
      the one with the least magic points, let him use Slurp to heal
      everyone and don't use Ethers on him.) Oh, and be sure to have
      Lucca in your party for now.

      Then fight the mysterious enemy. Attack him with the one who has
      the least magic points. Right after that, the Juggler will do an
      MP Buster-attack, which will steal all magic points off the one
      that hit it last. (Monster count, 41.)

      As you may have guessed, this enemy is not Flea. Soon after that,
      the annoying bat that has followed you will change into something
      with a girl-appearance. It seems that nobody really knows whether
      Flea is a he or a she, and due to the occurrence of this mystery,
      Flea will be considered as 'it' in this walkthrough. In the end,
      it'll fight your party.

      - Boss: Flea

        Something you'll probably be doing all battle is to use Heals on
        the characters that have been hit by one of Flea's attacks. The
        wind-attack will cause Chaos on one character, the 'Rainbow
        Storm' will cause damage and Poison. Other attacks will inflict
        damage and maybe Sleep, and the 'Prism Beam' will inflict Lock
        (can't use techs) and some damage.

        I suggest that you don't use triple but dual techs, so you have
        a character that'll back up (using heals or healing). Try not to
        use too many elemental techs other than Fire, since its defenses
        against those are higher than normal. Only Fire will do normal
        damage. Its defense against physical attacks is also higher, so
        Fire is the way to go.

        It has 4120 HP and will drop 500 experience points, 10 tech
        points and 1000G, once you defeat it. Good luck!

      Flea will drop a Magic Tab. Take it, and return to the entrance.
      Again, the enemies you'll encounter again aren't counted in the
      hundred monsters.


  3.15.3 - Ozzie's in...a jam!
  ----------------------------

    Another Save Point-warp has appeared. Enter it, and you'll arrive in
    another part of the castle. Go forward and you'll fight two Henches.
    Continue to fight two Henches and two Grimalkins. Following are two
    Henches and two Sorcerers. Lastly, two Henches, two Grimalkins and
    two Sorcerers. You'll find Ozzie, jammed. Once he runs, open the
    chest here to get a Mist Robe. Then follow him. (Monster count, 57.)

    You'll arrive in 'The Guillotine Room', how I'll just call it. While
    crossing the area, beware of the blades, because getting hit will
    greatly reduce your hit points. Don't forget that the floor is a
    conveyor so stay in control of your characters. On your way, open
    the chest for a Dark Mail. In the end, Ozzie's jammed again, and he
    will run away. Open the chest for a Doom Finger, and follow Ozzie.

    You're now on the side of the castle. You'll find lots of monsters,
    including rolling ones. If you want to avoid them, you'll find some
    chain-ladders where you can 'hide' for a moment. The enemies that
    you will encounter are Rolies, three Vamps and two Jugglers, not in
    any particular order. (Monster count, 62.)

    The next room is full of traps. Should you fall into one of those
    traps, you'll land in a place where you'll have to fight a group of
    six Decedents. Also in this area are four Save Points. Two of them
    are actually groups of three nameless enemies. One of them is a real
    Save Point, and the last one will return you to Ozzie's room. Don't
    forget that there are also chests here! From left to right, they
    contain a Mid Ether, a Lapis, a Barrier and a Shelter. Also, in the
    lower-right corner of the room, you can find a Magic Tab. (Monster
    count, 62, I think the enemies in the trap are not counted.)

    There are six traps. To avoid them all, first (from the entrance) go
    all the way to the left (i.e. you're touching the left wall), then
    go all the way down (i.e. you're touching the southern wall), then
    all the way to the right. Now go north but stay in the middle of the
    hall. Right in front of Ozzie is another hole, so before approaching
    it go to the right, and then north. Guess what, Ozzie's in a jam
    again, and he'll run.

      Note: When you fight Jugglers, using physical attacks will make
            them rise their physical defense. Then, you'll have to use
            magic to do normal damage. Once you use that, though, they
            will rise their magical defense, and physical attacks are
            the way to go again.

    You're now on another side of the castle, but the enemies here are
    stronger than those on the other side. You'll encounter some Roly
    Bombers, four Outlaws and one Juggler. (Monster count, 67.)

    In the next room, you'll fight three battles consecutively. The
    enemies that will be summoned are two Outlaws and two Groupies, two
    Outlaws and two Jugglers, and lastly, four Jugglers. When you reach
    the end of the hall, Ozzie will be jammed...again, and he'll run off
    like a rabbit. Open the chest for a Speed Belt, and follow him.
    (Monster count, 79.)

    Again, you'll fight a couple of battles. You'll encounter two
    Outlaws, two Outlaws and a Juggler, two Outlaws, a Juggler and two
    Flunkies, and once you near the end, another group of two Outlaws, a
    Juggler and two Flunkies. Open the chest for a Revive, and continue.
    (Monster count, 94...!)

    You'll find Ozzie again. Before talking to him, open the two chests
    behind him to find a Mist Robe and a MagicScarf. Equip your best
    stuff, and talk to Ozzie to start a battle.

    - Boss: Ozzie

      This isn't a real boss-fight. Attack the chains (not Ozzie) one by
      one until he falls in his own trap. If you attack Ozzie, he'll
      counterattack, which is not good. However, if you somehow manage
      to defeat Ozzie, you can't target him anymore, so the chains are
      the way to go.

      Ozzie has 1000 HP, the chains will break at any hit. You won't
      receive anything for winning, though.

    After the battle, two Save Points will appear. The right one is the
    real one, the other will transport you to Magus' place. (If you step
    into the wrong one, just return and save.) You will arrive in a
    stairway where six Vamps are waiting for you. Once they're defeated,
    follow the path to find Magus. (Monster count, 100! Ozzie was right
    this time!)


  3.15.4 - Encounter with Magus
  -----------------------------

    Just move forward, the blue flames will light up for you. You'll
    have a talk with Magus, and the battle with him will start. Before
    talking to him, though, you may want to equip the Masamune and the
    Hero Medal on Frog. Lucca is recommended to be brought, because of
    her high magic power.

      QotD: Magus: "The black wind begins to blow... Okay...give me your
            best shot... If you're prepared for the void!"

    - Boss: Magus

      Start off by firing off a physical attack. He will then change his
      barrier. What ever magic he starts using, use that same type of
      magic to hurt him, other magic will heal him. Don't queue attacks,
      you'll never know what barrier he's going to change to. If he has
      changed to a barrier where you don't have the appropriate magic
      for, just use physical attacks to let him change it again. Because
      of his powerful attacks, be sure to have healers ready.

      Don't forget that you can use Frog's Masamune to attack him. This
      will decrease Magus' defense against your magic, although it won't
      change his barrier. So it may be a good idea to start with Frog's
      Masamune, then use the appropriate magic to do decent damage.

      When "Magus risks casting a spell!" (i.e. when you decrease Magus'
      HP down to 3333 or lower), you'll have a problem. Try to knock him
      out before he casts that spell, or you'll have to feel the power
      of Dark Matter. If you aren't able to, have your healers ready.
      Note that you don't have to cast a spell to decrease defense and
      do such crazy stuff, just attack with whatever magic you wish.

      Magus has 6666 HP. You'll receive 1500 experience points, 15 tech
      points and 3000G, once you defeat him.

    After defeating Magus, a large gate will appear and everyone, Magus
    included, will be sucked in.


------------------------------------------------------------------------
3.16 - Forward to the Past
------------------------------------------------------------------------

  3.16 - Preliminary
  ------------------

    It seems that it was not Magus who has created Lavos, he has only
    summoned him. After being drawn into a large Gate, the party finds
    themselves in Ayla's hut, where the war with the Reptites is still
    going on.

      Note: If you are on a New Game +, and/or are high enough in the
            levels to defeat Lavos, you can use the bucket at the End of
            Time now to fight it. Or use the dot at the Telepod if you
            don't want to fight the mimicked forms. If you manage to
            defeat it, you'll acquire the ending 'Dino Age'.


  3.16.1 - Wake up, Crono!
  ------------------------

    The screen will switch over to Crono's dream. Is it a glimpse of his
    possible future? Or will it turn out differently? Anyhow, it was a
    dream and the party will wake in Ayla's hut. There, a conversation
    will start, although you'll continue sleeping soon after that.

    Once you wake up, Kino will enter. You'll learn about the conflict
    with the Reptites, but he'll leave once he hears that the north wood
    is burning. You'll gain control over your party now. Note that Frog
    isn't a 'required' character anymore. You can now switch him for an
    other character, if you want.

    To continue, go to the Laruba ruins, north of the village, directly
    west of the Hunting Range, and surrounded by forest. Also note that
    if you want to rest, interact with the beds (the skins).


  3.16.2 - The Burning Woods
  --------------------------

    Upon entering, a girl will say that Kino has been captured by the
    Reptites. Once you meet Ayla, you'll overhear a small conversation.
    It was her fault that the woods were burning, the Reptites have
    followed her. In the end, however, she'll ask for the Dactyls to go
    to the Tyrano Lair, the place of the Reptites.

      QotD: Ayla: "Ayla fight while alive! Win and live. Lose and die.
            Rule of life. No change rule."

    Before following Ayla to the Dactyl Nest, go to the trading hut.
    There are new items to trade. Talk to the chief to trade, or to the
    second guy from the left for a list. That list is reprinted in
    section 8.5.13. Once you're ready, go to the Dactyl Nest, northwest
    of the Hunting Range. (Or go to the Hunting Range for materials.)


  3.16.3 - The Dactyl Nest: Ride the Dactyls!
  -------------------------------------------

    Let's start with a note.

      Note: If you attack a Shist, it will 'change' into a Pahoehoe. The
            Shist itself is harmless, so it's recommended to attack them
            one by one. However, if a Shist comes with a Cave Ape, then
            get rid of the Shist first so the Cave Ape won't have
            anything to throw with.

    Upon entering, you'll cross a Cave Ape and two Shists. After you've
    defeated them, go all the way north through the narrow path. Climb
    up the ladder (you'll have to violate two Avian Rexes before doing
    that). Open the chest for a Mid Ether and follow the path again. You
    will meet three Shists, but they can be avoided. Northeast of them
    is a chest with a Mid Tonic. Open it. To continue, just follow the
    path, up the ladder, and to the right.

    There are two Cave Apes and a Shist here. Defeat them and climb the
    ladder. Upon continuing, you'll find two Shists and a chest. Open
    the chest for a Meso Mail, and fight the enemies if you want (but a
    Cave Ape will join them). Now follow the path again, until you reach
    the ladder where you'll be attacked by two Avian Rexes. Then climb
    the ladder and continue.

    Ayla is here. She'll summon a Dactyl. Now go to her and talk to her.
    She'll join your party (in fact, you will join HER), which means
    that you'll have to kick a member out of your current team. Then,
    she'll summon two more Dactyls, and you'll find yourself flying on
    the Dactyls.


------------------------------------------------------------------------
3.17 - Unnatural Selection?
------------------------------------------------------------------------

  3.17 - Preliminary
  ------------------

    After having returned to the prehistoric ages by being drawn into a
    Gate at Magus' place, you've found yourself in the middle of a war
    between humans and Reptites. To end it once and for all, Ayla has
    decided to go to the Reptite's lair. We, of course, will follow her
    to help.


  3.17.1 - The Tyrano Lair: Humans Versus Reptites
  ------------------------------------------------

    A quick note about the Dactyls. To move, just use the directional
    buttons. To land, press the action-button. You'll leave the Dactyls
    behind, but you can return to them and fly again. Also note that if
    you want to save, you'll have to land first. Your goal is the Tyrano
    Lair; it's the castle-like building near the lava.

    If you decide to fight the two walking Cave Apes, a Reptite will
    show up and join the battle. If you want to avoid a battle, though,
    beware that the Cave apes will run into you once you get in their
    vertical range. There are two paths, take the right one as the left
    one is still blocked.

    In the next room, two Reptites will attack you once they notice you.
    After defeating them, switch the switch near the door to release the
    prisoners. Not even a thank-you. Hmph. Anyway, continue by following
    the path, and defeating those two Reptites that are guarding it.

    Beat up the three Reptites that you'll hear the conversation of.
    After that, don't interact with the switch but let Ayla do the
    saving. After the chat, Kino will show you something. First, go into
    the cell, open the chest there (I'll just call those egg-like things
    'chests') to find a Mid Ether. Then, follow Kino. If you haven't
    saved the other prisoners, Kino will do that now.

    Back at the entrance, Kino will unlock the other skull for you.
    After that, he'll leave. Continue, following the new path. You will
    find yourself in an intersection. There are also two batches of
    enemies here and two switches. Stepping on a switch will drop the
    nearby batch of monsters into the prison below. To continue, you can
    either take the left or the right path; take the right one first.

    Fight the enemies on the balcony and head into the entrance. All the
    way north, you'll find two chests. The left one contains a Full
    Tonic, but the right one is actually a trap! Using it will drop you
    into the hole where the prisoners were, and if you've used the cheap
    way to get rid of those enemies (see above), those enemies will be
    here, waiting for you. Either way, return to the large intersection
    and take the previously ignored left path.

    You'll find three Reptites. Beat them up (or try to avoid them), and
    go into the entrance. If you've defeated the Reptites, an Avian Rex
    will fight you now. Upon entering, you'll find yourself in a 'Warp
    Room'. There are several invisible spots on the ground that'll warp
    you to another spot, or enemies. There are items lying down on the
    floor, but as you can see, since there are a lot of those warps,
    most of them are hard to get.

      Note: Directly north of the entrance is a warp that will summon a
            Reptite, a Volcano and a Terrasaur. And directly south of
            the exit, you'll find an Avian Rex, a Reptite and a Volcano.
            You can find a Tonic, Cera Topper, a Revive and a Meso Mail
            here. To get all items, follow the following small guides.

    - For the Tonic, press and hold the up- and the left-button, going
      northwest (from the entrance), and go north once you spot the
      chest. Open it (no warps here) to receive a Tonic.

    - From the place where you've gotten the Tonic, go all the way down.
      A hole is blocking your path, just walk past it (no warps here).
      To the left is a chest with the Cera Topper.

    - For the Revive, go all the way southwest again (from the place
      where you've gotten the Cera Topper) and you'll be warped to the
      northeast in the place. Go five squares down, then all the way to
      the right. You'll be warped to the southwest of the field, from
      there go north to find a Revive.

    - From the Revive, go back to the place where you've been warped to
      (which is five squares south of the chest), and to the right. You
      will be warped to the far side of the northeast section. The last
      chest is waiting for you, open it (no warps here) to find a Meso
      Mail.

    - To leave, enter the warp southwest of the chest with the mail.
      From where you will be warped to, just go up and then all the way
      to the left to find the exit.

    Leave the room and arrive on another balcony. Upon continuing, some
    different enemies (Reptites, Volcanoes and Terrasaurs) may attack,
    depending on where you'll be walking. At the end, head into the
    entrance.

    You'll arrive in a room with two switches. The left one will open
    the skull-like entrance, but it will also invite a Volcano and a
    Terrasaur. The right one will do the same except for the enemies.
    Enter the skull-thing and switch the switch on the wall. Note that
    you can switch it on AND off again, so don't switch it twice or you
    will get nowhere. Now return to the door that was locked first, and
    enter the newly available area. The enemies on the balcony are back,
    so watch out.

    Inside, you'll meet Nizbel, or is this someone else? Anyhow, if you
    talk to him he'll say that Azala is in the back. Move on and take
    note of the Save Point. When you're trying to head for the stairs,
    Nizbel will stop you and say that the great Nizbel has been defeated
    here (if you haven't talked to him before he'll just notice you're
    strolling by). He's either wrong, because you've defeated Nizbel in
    the Reptite Lair, or he's just predicting the future!

    - Boss: Nizbel II

      Just like the Nizbel in the Reptite Lair, you'll need Lightning to
      decrease his defense power. However, if you hit him with any other
      element than Lightning, his defense power will RISE. So don't do
      that too much. Again, don't forget that Nizbel II will release the
      electrocution energy, so have your healers ready. Use powerful
      Lightning-attacks like Volt Bite or any other (triple) tech that's
      powerful to get this guy in the bag.

      Nizbel II has 6500 HP. He'll drop 880 experience points, 15 tech
      points and no G if you manage to defeat him. If Ayla has learned
      Charm already, you can steal a Third Eye from him.

    Now head outside, to the balcony. Just like on one of the balconies,
    different enemies may attack you, depending on the spots that you'll
    walk on. To continue, just go all the way to the right and enter the
    entrance.

    Here are three switches. The upper one will make a Save Point appear
    on the left. The left switch will make the ground disappear (so you
    can't reach the Save Point anymore), and the right one will invite
    two Terrasaurs. If the ground isn't there, the monsters will just
    fall into the hole, but beware! You can fall into the hole yourself,
    meaning you'll have to go through those areas again. To open the
    skull-entrance, just interact with it. You'll find a switch and a
    chest. Switch the switch and open the chest for a Full Ether, then
    return to the large door that was previously locked. Before entering
    it, though, you'll have to fight one Terrasaur, and two Terrasaurs
    that'll follow.

    Inside, you'll finally meet Azala. He'll say something, you'll hear
    a mysterious voice, then he'll leave. Open the two chests near the
    walls to get a Cera Topper and a Mid Ether. Then, follow Azala. He's
    in the back. You'll find him there, along with the Black Tyrano. You
    will notice that there's a red star in the background, but the two
    will attack.

    - Boss: Black Tyrano and Azala

      First, aim your attacks on Azala, because you'll inflict little
      damage to the Black Tyrano. Azala's attacks aren't a real threat;
      only heal when you're in real trouble. Upon defeating Azala, you
      will have to face his final attack that'll gradually lower your
      hit points; there's no need to heal this.

      With Azala gone, the Black Tyrano will remove his high defense. He
      will store his power and start a countdown, starting with five. At
      every count, he roars; this won't do damage but it'll inflict a
      status effect that will gradually lowers your hit points. Once the
      count reaches zero, you'll get a powerful Fire-attack flying at
      you, as well as an eat-and-spit-out attack; have your hit points
      high when that's going to happen.

      After that, he'll repeat the process, and so should you, releasing
      your most powerful attacks and healing when necessary.

        Note: The Black Tyrano can also remove his defense and store his
              power when Azala is still on him. This only happens when
              the battle takes a very long while, so normally doesn't
              happen to most people. If you defeat the Black Tyrano when
              Azala's still on him, Azala will automatically be defeated
              too (probably because of the fall off him or something).

      Azala has 2700 HP, the Black Tyrano has 10500 HP. Upon defeating
      them both, you'll receive 800 experience points, 10 tech points,
      and again, no G. If Ayla has learned Charm already, you can steal
      a Power Tab from the Black Tyrano, and a Magic Tab from Azala.

    After the battle, Azala will remain there, almost dead. You'll learn
    more about Lavos, you'll view a cut-scene where Lavos will burst
    into the world, and Kino will save you from the impact it'll make.
    Outside, you'll learn that Lavos has descended into the world in
    this era. On the World Map, you'll see what'll be left of the Tyrano
    Lair, which will be turned into the Lair Ruins. Enter it.

    You'll find another Gate. After the short conversation where you'll
    become aware that Lavos' immense energy disrupts the time and
    therefore, creates the Gates. Enter it. After doing that, Ayla will
    become a non-compulsory character, so you can now change her for
    someone else.

      Note: In Ioka, there's no more sweet water that replenishes your
            hit and magic points. Instead, you can sleep on the beds
            (the skins) in the Chief's Hut.


------------------------------------------------------------------------
3.18 - The Magic Kingdom
------------------------------------------------------------------------

  3.18 - Preliminary
  ------------------

    Great music, beautiful buildings and landscapes, another wonderful
    addition to the storyline. That's what's upcoming.

    You'll arrive in the kingdom of Zeal. You can go to several places,
    including Enhasa and Kajar. It's recommended to go there to net a
    lot of information, and some items, but it is not compulsory to do
    that. Essential to the storyline is Zeal Palace.

      Note: If you are on a New Game +, and/or are high enough in the
            levels to defeat Lavos, you can use the bucket at the End of
            Time now to fight it. Or use the dot at the Telepod if you
            don't want to fight the mimicked forms. If you manage to
            defeat it, you'll acquire the ending 'What the Prophet
            Seeks'. This is possible at the moment you defeat Azala.


  3.18.1 - Where Is This?
  -----------------------

    You'll find yourself in a cave. Outside, head for the right and move
    into the Skyway. In the Skyway, step into the circle-shaped thing to
    be warped to a Land Bridge, and from there, go outside. Enter the
    building, which is called Enhasa.


  3.18.2 - A World in the Sky (Optional)
  --------------------------------------

    In here, you can talk to the people to net information about the
    kingdom of Zeal. Talk to Doreen, the Masa and Mune-like character
    three times to get a tip. You can also open books. Doing so will
    summon an elemental (which is pretty cool, indeed). You can find a
    shop in the lower-left corner, refer to section 8.5.15 for a list.

      QotD: Doreen: "Am I a butterfly dreaming I'm a man... Or a bowling
            ball dreaming I'm a plate of sashimi? Never assume that what
            you see and feel is real!"

    You can also find a Spring of Recovery here. That will fully restore
    your hit and magic points. On your way to it, though, you'll meet a
    kid, Janus. He'll say that one of your companions will pass away
    shortly... Anyhow, continue by heading for the Land Bridge north of
    Enhasa, going to Kajar.

    This is another source of info about this world. You'll learn that
    the people you've met are Enlightened Ones, and that the people
    beneath, those who lack magic, are the Earthbound Ones. You'll also
    learn that Schala is a girl with incredible powers, and something
    about the Sun Keep. A Spring of Recovery can also be found here, as
    well as those books that can summon elementals. There's a sleeping
    Nu. Wake it up to shop, and see 8.5.16 for a list.

    There are two other rooms here. The left one is one where you'll net
    information about the construction of the Ocean Palace and about the
    Blackbird. On your way to the room on the right, you'll see a shiny
    dot, inaccessible, above the bookcase. To get it, head into the room
    and examine the southern walls, netting you a Speed Tab.

    The Nu on the upper-left part of the screen will say, "Water summons
    wind... ...wind makes fire dance." Remember that tip. You can talk
    to the people in this room for information about the Sun Stone and
    the Moon Stone, the Gurus, and more.

    Remember those books that will show some elementals? Use Doreen's
    tip and the one of the Nu. This means that you'll have to open the
    books, starting with Water (found at the far left side), then Wind
    (found at the far right side), and ending with Fire (found by the Nu
    that sells items). You'll unlock a secret room. Inside, you'll find
    a Poyozo Doll. Examine it to find a Black Rock. Take a look at the
    diary, and leave.

    With the info from Kajar in your mind, head for Enhasa. There, open
    the books in order, starting with Water (right of the screen), then
    Wind (left of the screen), ending with Fire (in the middle). Again,
    you'll unlock a secret room.

    Inside, you'll find a Nu and a diary. If you talk to the Nu, you can
    challenge it (in fact, you'll have to fight SIX of them). Here's a
    strategy:

    - Boss: 6 Nus

      Nus aren't harmless: they'll do HP-to-1-attacks, but also attacks
      that will do 1 HP damage. So in this battle, your hit points will
      either be 0, 1, or more than 1. It doesn't matter how high your
      hit points are, just keep them above 1. Level 2-elemental spells
      like *Lightning 2 are useful since they'll hit everyone on-screen.
      Volt Bite will inflict massive damage, so use that against Nus
      whose hit points are still high.

      Nus have 1234 HP each. You'll receive 744 experience points and 90
      tech points for defeating them all. If Ayla has learned her Charm-
      tech already, you can use it to steal a Mop (worst weapon in the
      game...) from them.

    For winning this one-time battle, you'll receive a Magic Tab and a
    Speed Tab. If you want, have a look at the diary for a strange but
    cool quote, then leave.

      QotD: " 'The Mystery of Life' Vol. 841, Ch. 26 All life begins
            with Nu and ends with Nu... This is the truth! This is my
            belief! ...at least for now."

    At the Blackbird, there's nothing much to do, except that you can go
    to the guards. Dalton will come in, saying something about what the
    Prophet has said, and then he'll leave. Let's head for Zeal Palace.

    The Zeal Palace can be found on the top of the island. To get there,
    you'll have to enter the Cave at the bottom of the mountain, step
    into the warp, get out of the Cave and enter another Cave, step into
    the warp and get out of the Cave, and then enter the palace.

    Inside, go north and you'll notice a Nu. Talk to it. He'll ask you
    to scratch its back. Do that, and you'll discover the Nu's scratch-
    point.

    Oh, now that you're in the palace, you may want to talk to the woman
    near the plant (at the first passage, to the left, up the stairs,
    then go down). She'll ask you if you like plants. Say "Yes." (if you
    say "No.", you can just ask her again), and tell her to "Secretly
    plant it.", and not "Burn it." (If you've told her to burn it, you
    can't go back.) This is to unlock an event later. Now return to
    Kajar.

    Go to the room in which the one is that was making tabs. You'll find
    a Nu here. Interact with it to let it drop its stolen Magic Tab. (In
    other words, YOU are now the one that is the thief...but put those
    feelings of guilt aside because it's only one of the millions of
    tabs.) Use the tabs, if needed, and leave.


  3.18.3 - The Kingdom of Zeal
  ----------------------------

    Zeal Palace, the center of the universe... Talk to the people here
    to gain a lot of information. To continue, you'll have to do various
    things, and those are listed here. You'll have to do them in order.

    - Go to the bedrooms (northeast of the screen), and enter the right
      one. Inside, you'll overhear a conversation between Schala and
      Janus. In the end, Schala will leave. She'll notice you, but you
      won't have a chance to talk to her. You can talk to Janus, but you
      won't find out very much, only that Alfador is the name of his
      cat.

    - Follow Schala to the Queen's hall. You'll notice her using her
      pendant to open a strange, familiar-looking door. You can use your
      own pendant to try to open it, but it won't have any effect.

        Note: If you are on a New Game +, and/or are high enough in the
              levels to defeat Lavos, you can use the bucket at the End
              of Time now to fight it. Or use the dot at the Telepod if
              you don't want to fight the mimicked forms. If you manage
              to defeat it, you'll you'll acquire the ending 'A Slide
              Show?'. Remember NOT to do the following step, or else you
              can't leave the palace.

    - Go to the hall of the Mammon Machine, all the way to the left. To
      enter, talk to the Nu to let it go away. Go all the way north to
      find a large machine. Interact with the red sparkling dot in front
      of it and you'll insert your own pendant into it. This will charge
      it up. Note that you can't leave the palace now, the guards are
      blocking the exit.

    - Return to the Queen's hall. Your charged pendant is now able to
      open the door. Do that, and you'll find yourself in the middle of
      a conversation.

    The Prophet will say that you are the evildoers he warned the Queen
    of. After the chat, Dalton will summon a Golem to get rid of you.

    - Boss: Golem

      You DON'T really have to defeat this guy, but doing so will net
      you a large amount of experience. Golem will copy your attacks.
      This means that if you, for example, use a Lightning-tech, he'll
      use Lightning too. Physical attacks will be countered with 'Iron
      Orb', which reduces your hit points to half of the amount that you
      had first.

      A way to defeat him is to quickly use different elements in a row.
      He'll only be able to counterattack the last attack, and this way,
      you may stand a better chance. You may want to end the chain by
      using a Water-attack, since Golem's Water-counterattack if weak.
      You can also equip Ruby Vests (that will halve Fire-damage done to
      you) and use only Fire-techs. Or try a combination of the two!

      You'll have to chop 7000 HP off Golem. Defeating it will net you
      1000 experience points, 35 tech points and 2000G. If you have Ayla
      with you, you can Charm a Magic Tab from him. But don't forget
      that you can also lose from him and continue, so if he's too hard,
      just give up.

    You can win and lose. Either way, you will be captured and placed in
    the Mammon Machine. A while later, you will be rescued by Schala and
    Janus. Their reason to do that is because you may be able to save
    the Gurus in return. However, the Prophet will notice all of this.
    He'll threaten to kill you, but (he realizes that he's to weak for
    that and) he'll decide to spare you. Back at the Gate where you came
    from, you'll be sent back. Schala is obeyed to seal it, so you won't
    be able to use that Gate again...


------------------------------------------------------------------------
3.19 - Break the Seal!
------------------------------------------------------------------------

  3.19 - Preliminary
  ------------------

    After Schala, forced by the Prophet, has sealed the Gate to the Dark
    Ages, a time-line where the solution to the defeat of Lavos may lie,
    the party will need to find a new way to travel through time. Having
    in mind that there were doors that look exactly the same as the ones
    in the future, the party heads for the End of Time.

      Note: If you are on a New Game +, and/or are high enough in the
            levels to defeat Lavos, you can use the bucket at the End of
            Time now to fight it. Or use the dot at the Telepod if you
            don't want to fight the mimicked forms. If you manage to
            defeat it, you'll acquire the ending 'What the Prophet
            Seeks'.


  3.19.1 - The Sealed Doors
  -------------------------

    Back at the Lair Ruins, your party members will notice the special
    door. They've seen it elsewhere, and they're right; it's the same
    door as the ones seen in the domes of the future. So those will be
    our next stop.

    Use the Dactyls to go to the Mystic Mountains. There, go all the way
    north and dive into the Gate, arriving in the End of Time. There,
    you can talk to the old man for a hint, or maybe fight Spekkio if he
    is in a new form (check 8.4.3 for a strategy).

    In the future, you can go to Bangor Dome, Trann Dome and Arris Dome
    to unlock those doors and loot the items inside. Your main goal,
    however, is the Sewer Access, which leads to the Keeper's Dome.

      Note: To go to the future, you can either use the pillar to Proto
            Dome, or the one to Bangor Dome. The one to Bangor Dome is
            faster for the treasure-hunters, so that one is recommended
            to use.

            If that pillar isn't there, you'll need to unlock it first.
            To do that, you'll have to use the pillar to Proto Dome
            instead. Travel all the way to Bangor Dome and step into the
            pillar. That will unlock it, as well as the pillar to
            Guardia Forest (1000 A.D.), but the walkthrough will assume
            you haven't done that yet.

    Get out of Proto Dome. Outside, you'll have to go through Lab 32 to
    continue. Your goal is the Sewer Access, but we'll first go to the
    other domes to get the items inside. We'll start with Arris Dome.


  3.19.2 - Treasure Hunting! (Optional)
  -------------------------------------

    Here's one of those doors. To get there, you'll have to go all the
    way to the info center. Don't enter it, though, but use the control
    panel. Use the L, R and A-password (press and hold the L and R-
    buttons, then press A) to make a passageway. Inside, you'll find a
    Power Tab, a Lumin Robe, an Elixir, a Hit Ring and a Gold Earring.
    Then leave, heading for Bangor Dome. You'll have to go through Lab
    16, though.

    Directly north of you, you'll find another of those strange doors.
    Now that you have the pendant, you'll be able to open it. Inside,
    you'll find three chests, containing, from left to right, a Charm
    Top, a Full Ether, and a Wallet. If you haven't unlocked the pillar
    from Bangor Dome yet, step into the Gate, arriving at the End of
    Time, then step into the pillar to return.

    There's another door. Inside the secret area, you'll find a Magic
    Tab, a Gold Stud and a Full Ether. Now return to the Sewer Access to
    continue. (We'll continue treasure hunting later.)


  3.19.3 - The Guru of Reason
  ---------------------------

    The Sewer Access; you've probably been here before. If so, the route
    through it is easy, just follow the bridges you've unlocked. If you
    haven't been here before, or if you haven't unlocked the bridges,
    refer to 3.6.4 for a guide. Go to the Keeper's Dome.

    Work your way to the end of the building. On your way, you'll find a
    Nu, but you can't do anything with it. In the end, open the sealed
    door. You'll see various shining dots (no, they aren't tabs). They
    are unavoidable, so examine each of them. They're the personal logs
    of Belthasar, the Guru of Reason. After reading them, head for the
    next sealed door and unseal it.

    Inside, you'll find a huge machine, the time-traveler. After having
    noticed it, you'll have to leave the room to continue. Upon leaving,
    however, the Nu will enter. He'll say that he's Belthasar (Belthasar
    has copied his memory into that thing), and he'll give you the
    controls of the time-machine. And those controls are reprinted here:

      Y-button          - opens time-gauge
      L-button          - moves the slider to the left (clockwise)
      R-button          - moves the slider to the right (clockwise)

        Note: Instead of the L and R-buttons, you can also use the left-
              and the right-buttons.

    That's that. You'll have to name the time-machine. The default name,
    'Epoch', will be used in this walkthrough. After naming it, hop onto
    the Epoch and take off. Head for the Dark Ages.

    Or, if you want to continue the sealed chests and doors-hunt, read
    on! And that is HIGHLY recommended. (There's also a Magic Tab in the
    room before the Epoch, but that will be taken later.)


  3.19.4 - Treasure Hunting, Part Two! (Optional)
  -----------------------------------------------

    Go to the Laruba ruins in 65,000,000 B. C., and go to the Nu in the
    back. It'll change the name of the one in front of the party (just
    leave it as is if you don't want to rename), and it'll give you a
    Silver Rock once. With this, you can use the triple tech Spin Strike
    by Robo, Frog and Ayla!

    Now, go to the Middle Ages (600 A.D.). Using the Epoch, you'll land
    next to the Magic Cave, the cave you've used to go to Magus's Lair.
    You can find a Magic Ring there.

    You can power-up the (sealed) chests from 600 A.D. and 1000 A.D.,
    and that's highly recommended! The trick can be done by examining
    the chests in 600 A.D., and NOT getting the items. So when you get
    the option to get the item inside the box, REFUSE. Now jump to 1000
    A.D., to the treasures you've examined earlier, and loot the new
    items here. Then return to 600 A.D., and also get the old items!

    If you take the items from the chests in 600 A.D., they won't even
    be there in 1000 A.D., but taking them in 1000 A.D. first and then
    in 600 A.D. will get you two of the same items. So do the power-up
    thing; it's good! Note that this is not possible with ALL chests.

    Anyway, go to Truce Inn, the Elder's House in Porre, and Guardia
    Castle, and examine the chests. Then go to the present, loot the new
    items, and return to get respectively a Blue Vest, Black Vest, White
    Vest and Red Vest.

    There another sealed chest in Guardia Forest. Enter using the path
    on the north, and go to the far right to find a chest with a Speed
    Tab. There are sealed chests in the Northern Ruins, but those will
    be covered in the appropriate side-quest.

    Go to the places you've visited in the Middle Ages (Truce Inn, the
    Mayor's Manor in Porre and Guardia Castle), but then in the present
    (1000 A.D.) to find respectively a Blue Mail, Black Mail, White Mail
    and a Red Mail. Note that you have to have Marle in your party to
    enter Guardia Castle, you'll learn more about what's going on there.
    There are also many other items in the castle, but those will be
    covered in a side-quest.

    While you're at it, also get the Shelter from the chest upstairs in
    the Mayor's Manor of Porre. If you're in need of money, also talk to
    the mayor in this place.

    There's also a chest in Guardia Forest, but it's inaccessible. To
    find it, use the upper-right pillar at the End of Time. Then, you'll
    find the chest with the Power Ring.

    There's more in 1000 A.D.: the Heckran Cave. Inside, explore the
    cave until you find a crack in the wall, nearby is the chest. Inside
    is a Wall Ring and a Dash Ring. Fortunately, there are no enemies
    anymore in the cave, so going in and out shouldn't be too much of a
    problem. Leave via the Vortex Point, so you'll land next to Lucca's
    house.

    Talk to Taban to get the Taban Suit. Talk to him thrice to also get
    the other items (Taban Vest and Taban Helmet), if you haven't gotten
    them in the earlier stages of the game.

    Lastly, go to Medina village. North of the village are the Forest
    Ruins. Inside, there's a chest with a Mid Ether, but that isn't what
    we were coming for! Head north and witness a giant sealed thing. The
    pendant will unseal it, and two chests and a Nu will appear. You can
    open one of the two chests, choose whichever you like.

    The left chest contains the Safe Helmet, the right one contains the
    Swallow. You might want the Safe Helmet, because there are lots of
    better weapons for Crono, which you will soon get. There are also
    sealed chests in the Northern Ruins, but those will be covered in
    the appropriate side-quest.

    There're lots of items in the domes of the future, but those are all
    covered in the other Treasure Hunting!-part (3.19.2) above.


  3.19.5 - The Earthbound Ones
  ----------------------------

    Head for Terra Cave, left on the World Map of 12,000 B. C. You can
    now enter, but the Skyway to the upper-world is locked. So ignore
    that place for now. It seems you're in Algetty, the village of the
    Earthbound Ones. You can talk to the many people to net information.
    In the first 'house', there's a shop; refer to 8.5.17 for a list.

    Why do people that lack magic sell Ethers? I don't know. Anyway, you
    can find an Inn in the lowermost 'house', and a Save Point beneath
    it. To continue, go the Beast's nest, the place where everyone has
    warned you for.

    In the lower-right corner of the screen is a Power Tab, so don't
    forget it. Upon continuing, you'll cross several Beasts. Beware, as
    they'll up their attack power once attacked. And don't forget to use
    Ayla to Charm Rainbow Helmets off them! In the end, three monsters
    will block your way.

      Note: It's highly recommended to have Lucca and either Marle or
            Frog in your party.

    - Boss: Blue Beast, Red Beast and Mud Imp

      As you may have guessed already, the Blue Beast is weak against
      Fire and the Red Beast is weak against Water. Do not use the other
      type magic on them or you'll do no damage. Since the Mud Imp has
      high defense, suggested is to take down the two beasts first, one
      at a time. Prepare for counterattacks, and keep your hit points
      high. Once you've defeated the two beasts, finish the Mud Imp off
      quickly (or else he'll heal himself) using strong techs.

      For defeating these three foes, you'll receive 954 experience
      points, 26 tech points and 2600G. Both Blue Beast and Red Beast
      have 5000 HP, the Mud Imp 1200 HP. If you have Ayla, and if she's
      learned Charm already, you can steal a Mermaid Cap off the Blue
      Beast, an Elixir off the Red Beast, and a Speed Tab from the Mud
      Imp.

    After beating them, climb up the chain. Or, go back to Algetty to
    sleep at the Inn and save.


------------------------------------------------------------------------
3.20 - The Guru on Mount Woe
------------------------------------------------------------------------

  3.20 - Preliminary
  ------------------

    This mountain isn't very nice to go through: it's a place where many
    enemies lurk. Regardless, Schala has saved you from the evils of the
    Mammon Machine, now it's your turn to help, by saving the Guru
    Melchior (eh?) from the mountain.


  3.20.1 - The Guru of Life
  -------------------------

    Right of you, you can see an enemy, a Rubble. If you fight it (it'll
    use Lock All, you can't use techs or items) and defeat it using your
    physical attacks only (whereof most will miss), you'll receive a
    whopping 1000 experience points and 100 tech points! The drawback is
    that they'll run after some time (so defeat them quickly), and that
    most of them only appear once.

    To continue, go all the way north, and defeating those Bantam Imps
    (who will 'change' into Stone Imps when severely weakened). On your
    way, you'll also find a Rubble, don't forget to fight it. You'll end
    up by a chest, open it to receive a Lode Vest. Now return to the
    entrance and follow the left chain. More Bantam Imps will attack.
    Defeat them, and continue to the next screen.

    Left of you is a Rubble. Defeat it, and go to the right. Gargoyles
    will block your way, and a Save Point. Don't forget to use it (and a
    Shelter, if needed), and move on. Soon, you'll find a chain where
    the path splits. Climb it (you'll have to defeat two Bantam Imps and
    a Gargoyle), and defeat the Rubble (this is the Rubble that'll come
    back if you re-enter the screen). The two chests contain a Shield
    and a Lode Vest. Now return to the chain and follow the other path.

    Go all the way to the left and open the chest. Before you do that,
    though, you'll have to fight four Gargoyles. The item is a Barrier.
    Go back and go through the passage, to the left, and following the
    path. You'll eventually find a chest with a Lapis (guarded by two
    Bantam Imps). From there, go to the right, up the chain. Just follow
    the path. On your way, you'll have to fight two Gargoyles and two
    Stone Imps, and a two Bantam Imps and two Stone Imps.

    Use the chain, and go to the right for a chest with a Barrier (and
    four Gargoyles). Southwest of you is a Rubble, and east is the chain
    that leads you to the next area of the mountain.

    North of you is a Lapis, and in the far right section are two chests
    with Barrier and a Full Ether. Three Gargoyles are lurking by the
    lower chest, so watch out. Now return to the Man Eaters (the flower-
    like enemies, of who a Pearl Edge can be stolen from). Defeat them,
    and follow the path. On your way, you can find a Rubble, so don't
    forget to fight it.

    At the intersection, going down is the place to go, although you'll
    have to fight two Man Eaters and three Gargoyles first, before you
    are able to access the two chests. A Shelter and a Shield will be
    your reward. Now follow the other path, defeat the three Gargoyles,
    and take note of the Save Point.

    Climb the chain to arrive at the top of the mountain. Follow the
    pretty straight-forward path. On your way, you'll find a Time Hat, a
    Full Ether, and a Magic Tab (lower-right corner). Climb the long
    chain, and the screen will darken. You'll find the place where the
    Guru is imprisoned. Interact with the diamond-thing, and a large
    creature will show up.

    - Boss: Giga Gaia

      You can attack three parts of Giga Gaia, the left hand, the head,
      and the right hand. Note that with 'left', I mean the left one on
      the screen (i.e. actually his right one). All the right hand can
      do is to restore the head by 250 hit points, which is nothing.
      Release your most powerful techs on the left one, because if the
      two hands are intact you'll have to face some nasty attacks. Those
      attacks are elemental, so protective gear (Giga Gaia uses mostly
      Fire-attacks, as well as Shadow-attacks, and weaker Water-attacks)
      may be helpful here.

      The head has 9500 HP, both hands 2000 HP. For turning Giga Gaia,
      into a memory, you'll net 3000 experience points, 30 tech points,
      and 3000G. If Ayla has learned Charm, you can use it to steal a
      Speed Tab from the head.

    After defeating him, the Guru of Life, Melchior, will be freed. Note
    that this is the Melchior you've seen before, but not the same one
    (you'll learn more about this later). The mountain will collapse,
    and you'll end up in Algetty.


------------------------------------------------------------------------
3.21 - What Lies Beyond?
------------------------------------------------------------------------

  3.21 - Preliminary
  ------------------

    Now that the Ocean Palace has been finished, the people from Zeal
    are not far away from the immortality they're wishing for. Doesn't
    look good. There are ways to stop them, but will the party succeed?


  3.21.1 - The Ruby Knife
  -----------------------

    Melchior will say that Lavos sleeps deep underground, consuming the
    planet's life energy. Bringing the Mammon Machine closer to it may
    awaken it, so it has to be stopped. Schala will then come in. She
    will say that she has turned her back to the Mammon Machine and her
    mother's evil plans. However, Dalton will capture Schala soon after
    that, and you can't do anything.

    Once you regain control over your characters, talk to Melchior (you
    can't leave). After the conversation, in which you'll decide to stop
    the Queen, Melchior will give you the Ruby Knife, made from the same
    red stone as the Mammon Machine to destroy it.

    You can now go to the Inn and rest, if you need to. You can also use
    the Save Point below. You can't enter Mount Woe anymore, as it's
    gone, alone with the items on it. Your next goal is Zeal Palace, go
    there using the Skyway that Schala has reopened.

    Or visit Kajar first: there's a Nu with stuff to buy. Before you do,
    however, it'll ask you if it's the pendant of Schala you're wearing.
    Answer "No.", or else it'll call you a liar, and it won't sell you
    stuff. If you screw up, just re-enter the place and the Nu seems to
    have forgotten everything. See 8.5.18 for a listing.

    In Zeal Palace, go all the way north, to the Queen's hall (Masa and
    Mune won't be blocking your way anymore), and save. Then, enter the
    room, finding Dalton.

    - Boss: Dalton

      Dalton is only able to use two attacks. One is Iron Orb, which he
      will use at any given time and as a counterattack, the other one
      is his final attack ('Darn! Buurrrp!') which he only uses once he
      gets defeated. You can't get knocked out from Iron Orbs only, so
      you'll not need to heal until you're giving him the final blow. So
      once you have done about 3000 hit points of damage, heal (if you
      actually need to do that), and finish him off.

      Dalton has 3500 HP. You'll receive 1000 experience points, 30 tech
      points and 2500G for winning the battle. You can use Ayla to Charm
      a Power Meal off him.

    In the end, Dalton will leave a portal (not a Gate, as it warps you
    to another place, not to another time), which leads to the Ocean
    Palace.


------------------------------------------------------------------------
3.22 - Lavos Beckons
------------------------------------------------------------------------

  3.22 - Preliminary
  ------------------

    The Undersea Palace. After freeing Melchior and beating up Dalton,
    you've finally found the Ocean Palace. From there on, you'll learn a
    lot more about what has happened.


  3.22.1 - The Ocean Palace
  -------------------------

    In the room you'll land in, you can find a Save Point, and Mune. He
    will say that something big is going on, after which a cut-scene
    will play in which Schala will be forced to use her powers to use
    the Mammon Machine. To continue, enter the room below.

      Note: Enemies you will encounter are Scouters, Red Scouts and Blue
            Scouts. Attack those with elemental-magic they correspond to
            (Lightning on Scouters, Fire on Red Scouts and Water on Blue
            Scouts), otherwise you'll heal them. It may be better to
            form a party consisting of the appropriate people. You can
            also use Shadow on the Red Scouts, by the way.

    Let's see... This large hall, which I call the 'Central Area', has
    eight entrances surrounding it. The locations that those entrances
    lead to will be named after the compass directions. I'll describe
    the rooms place by place. It's sorted in the way that you SHOULD
    visit them (which is to first get the equipment scattered around
    here, then hit the final switch, and continue).

    - You'll start off in the Central Area. Right of the first batch of
      Scouters you see is a chest with a Rune Blade for Frog. Equip it,
      if you need to, and head for the Northeast Area.

    - Step on the switch (the round blue thing in the middle). Doing so
      will provide a bridge in the southeast room, but it'll also invite
      a Jinn and a Barghest. To defeat these guys, attack the Barghest
      (the grey, moving one) first, which will lower the Jinn's defense.
      Once you're finished, go through the doorway in the lower-right
      corner.

    - That will place you in the East Room. In there, go to the right to
      find a chest. After defeating the two Red Scouts and the Mage, get
      the Aeon Helmet from the chest. Then go to the right, which brings
      you back to the Central Area. Follow the lower-left path, and open
      the chest for an Aeon Suit. Then, follow the lower-right path,
      going to the Southeast Room.

    - Here are two Blue Scouts. You can fight, but also avoid them.
      Either way, follow the path until you get to the bridge. Directly
      to the left is a chest with Robo's Kaiser Arm, equip it if he's in
      your party. Return, back to the Central Area. Go to the left, then
      all the way north, and enter the Northwest Room.

    - Step on the switch to form a bridge in the Southwest Room. Defeat
      the Jinn and Barghest that will attack, and enter the room in the
      lower-left corner, which brings you to...

    - ...the West Room. Here are two Blue Scouts. Defeat them (and the
      Mage that joins them), and open the chest for Crono's Star Sword.
      Now go to the right, entering the Central Area. From there, go to
      the Southwest Room, either by following the path closest to the
      wall, or the one where enemies are waiting for you.

    - Here are two Red Scouts and a chest with Lucca's Shock Wave. Go
      all the way down, until you get to the bridge. Instead of crossing
      it, go to the left, following the narrow path. At the end, look
      for a hidden passage, which leads to a Demon Hit for Frog. Get it,
      and return. Cross the previously ignored bridge.

    - You'll find several pairs of Blue Scouts and Red Scouts on towers.
      These can be avoided by not stepping on the blue squared platform
      between them. In the end, you will find a chest with a Sonic Arrow
      for Marle.

    - Go to the right, and step on the switch. This will form the bridge
      you'll need to go to the South Room. If you've followed the above
      walkthrough, you've gotten all items from this area. Now, go to
      the South Room (either by following the left or the right path) to
      proceed to the next area. If you haven't done it before, don't
      forget to equip the weapons and equipment you've gotten.

    - Upon entering, you'll see a Blue Scout and a Red Scout. A Thrasher
      will join them once they're fought. Or avoid them by just going to
      the left. (You can also go to enter the area below, but it only
      holds an inaccessible tab.)

    Just work your way through the stairsets in this area. On your way,
    you'll have to fight two Mages and two Thrashers. After that, you'll
    cross four jumping Thrashers on the second stairset. Touching them
    will result in a battle later on, so if you don't want a fight, dash
    under them, one by one, when they're in the air.

    After the third stairset, watch out. The nearest statue is able to
    shoot fireballs, doing 10 hit points damage to the one that has been
    hit. There are also two Thrashers and two Lashers here, running from
    side to side, blocking the path. They can be avoided by crossing the
    path without being touched. (The trick that enemies won't attack
    when standing still isn't helpful because of the statue here...)

    After the fourth stairset, you'll have to fight another group of two
    Thrashers and two Lashers. Then, you'll find Masa. He'll explain
    about the ancient Red Rock, after which a cut-scene, involving Zeal
    and Schala, will follow. Go down the stairs to continue. There's a
    Save Point, as well as a Jinn and a Barghest. Save, then go down to
    arrive in an elevator.

    Go to the switch (you'll have to fight two Blue Scouts, two Scouters
    and a Mage for that) and use it. That'll bring you downstairs. On
    the way downstairs, though, you'll have to fight three batches of
    enemies (first a Jinn, Barghest and three Thrashers, then two Mages,
    two Lashers and a Scouter, and finally two Scouters, two Blue Scouts
    and two Red Scouts). After the battle, enter the next area.

    But before continuing, you may want to get that Magic Tab. Just
    return to the elevator, hit the switch (now on the right), and it'll
    bring you to the place where the Magic Tab is hidden (on the upper-
    left wall). The downside is that you'll have to work your way
    through the stairsets and the elevator again. (Which is indeed, a
    decent way to level-up. Should you fight them all, you'll receive
    11,866 experience points, 312 tech points and 15,450G in total!)

    Either go to the left or to the right, it doesn't matter. Inside,
    beat the Scouter, Blue Scout and Red Scout-formation, and switch the
    switch. Do the same thing in the opposite room, and return to the
    center. Step on the switch, and a large bridge will be formed. Just
    follow it and you'll arrive in a room with a Save Point and a chest.
    Open the chest for an Elixir, and save. You'll also want to rest. In
    the end, enter the door.

    Dalton is here. He'll summon the Golem Twins, basically two of the
    same Golems you've seen earlier.

    - Boss: Golem Twins

      If the previous Golem has completely trashed you, then you are
      going to have a hard time beating these two. If you're low in the
      levels, then the Golem Twins are almost undefeatable and they'll
      turn you into a pile of nothing easily, so you'll have to go back
      and gain experience points. Unless you have the right equipment!

      Like before, the Golems will counter your attacks with the same
      kind of magic (physical attacks will be countered with Iron Orb).
      However, you can use different elements quickly in a row, and the
      Golems are only able to counter the last one. It's best to end the
      chain with a Water-spell, because the Golems' Water-counterattack
      is usually weak.

      It's suggested to equip element-absorbing armor (the ones gotten
      from the sealed chests). Then, use the element of that type, and
      damage will either be absorbed or greatly reduced. If you don't
      have these, then you're going to have a hard time; use the 'chain-
      strategy' above while healing intelligently.

      If you have Lucca, you may want to try to use Hypno Wave to put
      one or both of them to sleep. You can now Charm them safely before
      they wake up. Now, use your BEST tech. The Golems can't counter
      this one, but they will wake up, though. Repeat the process...

      Both Golems have 7000 HP each. If you're victorious, you'll get
      2000 experience points, 70 tech points and 4000G. Ayla can Charm a
      Magic Tab from each of them. Good luck with this one!

    After beating his two pets, Dalton is going to call the GolemBoss,
    but since he's got more things to do, you're lucky (or HE is...).
    Now go back and save, as you probably don't want to face the two
    Golems again.


  3.22.2 - The Mammon Machine
  ---------------------------

    In the large hall, talk to the Nu blocking the path to let him go
    away. Now, meet the Mammon Machine. After it starts to release its
    immense energy, our party uses Melchior's Ruby Knife. The Mammon
    Machine turns it into a sword, the Masamune, but it's not enough...
    Lavos will then awaken.

    - Boss: Lavos

      Unless you're doing a New Game +, it's almost impossible to defeat
      this Lavos. So don't try anything, as you probably won't even get
      the chance to try... If you defeat him, though, then continue at
      section 3.26.2 (or the end of 3.26.1 for a strategy to beat this
      Lavos). If you manage to defeat it, you'll acquire the ending
      'The Dream Project'.

    After tasting some of Lavos' power, the Prophet will reveal his true
    identity...Magus. He is determined to defeat Lavos, but he is also
    unable to do it. After Zeal joins Lavos, you'll gain control over
    Crono. Now, you can talk to Schala and the others, but it all ends
    up with Crono getting killed... Schala will then use the last power
    in the pendant to send the remaining of your party and Magus away.

    You'll witness a cut-scene where the entire realm in the sky gets
    destroyed. After that, you'll find yourself in the remaining of the
    Earthbound village.


  3.22.3 - Zeal Destroyed
  -----------------------

    There, the elder will tell you what has happened. He'll tell you
    that a large Gate has materialized, dragging Melchior, Janus and a
    lot of other people to different time-periods. (This explains what
    the heck Melchior was doing in 1000 A.D.!) After he's given back the
    pendant, you'll take a rest, and form a new party (be sure to bring
    Ayla!).

    There's a Save Point in the lower-left side of the hut, and you can
    sleep later on in the bunch of hay.

    In the first tent, you'll find a Nu, selling some items. You'll also
    find someone that'll hint that this Nu's wares vary from time to
    time. Also, there's a tab behind the Nu. Just stand there and the Nu
    will move away, then get the Magic Tab. If you want to shop but the
    Nu is gone, just re-enter the tent. Check 8.5.19. In the other tent,
    you'll find a hint about a Moon Stone becoming a Sun Stone (not that
    it's important now).


  3.22.4 - Dalton's Revenge
  -------------------------

    Talk to the various people if you want. If you haven't spoken to the
    woman at the plant in Zeal Palace and told her to secretly plant it,
    then talk to the same woman here (lower-right corner). Advise her to
    plant it, so you'll unlock an event later on. (If you've told her
    previously to burn it, or if you're going to do that now, you will
    'lock' that event for this go-through of the game...) Anyway, talk
    to the elder to continue.

    Dalton will interrupt. Now that Zeal and the Gurus are gone, he has
    decided to take over the kingdom. He'll also take your Epoch, where
    after he also captures you.


------------------------------------------------------------------------
3.23 - The New King
------------------------------------------------------------------------

  3.23 - Preliminary
  ------------------

    After the fall of Zeal, the disappearance of the Gurus and many
    other people, and Crono's death, Dalton has taken over the kingdom.
    At the moment the party was weak, he striked and captured them. It
    seems that the programmers of the game wanted that not Crono only,
    but the others also had to be imprisoned at least once...


  3.23.1 - The Blackbird
  ----------------------

    After regaining from your unconsciousness, you'll find yourself and
    your other two companions, imprisoned. After that, you will also
    notice that everything, your equipment, items and money, has been
    taken too. You won't be able to switch party members.

    There's a Save Point here, so use it. Also, there's a ladder. If you
    climb it, you'll notice you're on the Blackbird. Upon returning, the
    second member of the party will notice that there's an airduct. From
    now on, you can either go for the loud way by trying to break out,
    or for the silent way by climbing into the airduct and sneaking out.

      Note: If you have Ayla, you'll be able to fight battles. If you,
            however, get knocked out (without your equipment, only Ayla
            is able to fight), you'll lose the game and have to start
            over. If you run into enemies without Ayla, you'll return to
            your cell, but you can't act sick afterwards. (You can still
            load your saved game and try again.)

    To break out, go to the cell-door and choose the first option. Act
    sick, whereupon a guard will come in. That wasn't a great idea of
    him, and you're free to go. Or if you want to sneak out, enter the
    airduct. In the ventilation system, you'll find various bright
    rosters. You can examine them to see what is directly under you, but
    that won't prove to be really helpful.

      Note: The following steps can be done in any order, but if Ayla is
            not in your team, you'll have to do the first step first.
            Also note that you can hit the switches next to the conveyor
            belts to reverse the direction of them.

    - In the ventilation system, (from your cell) first go down, then
      right, then up, then left, then up, then up, then left, then up,
      and enter the room. Here's the chest with the equipment of whoever
      you chose to be the leader. There's also a Basher, but if you just
      keep it sleeping, you'll be alright.

    - The second character's equipment is in a room north of your cell.
      Before entering, you'll have to defeat the two Bashers in front of
      it, and inside, there's a Byte.

    - Go all the way down, then to the left for the third character's
      equipment. Two Bashers are inside and once you leave via the door,
      a Byte will attack. The room to the right is a trap, six Bashers.

    - Gold is in the room left of your cell. Three Bashers are guarding
      it.

    - To find your items, go to the second area, then enter the very
      first room on the left. Two Bashers and one Byte are inside. Note
      that if you have your items back and don't have all equipment yet,
      you can equip your characters with equipment that would be in your
      inventory listing.

    - You can also (optional) go all the way south in the ventilation
      area and check out the roster. You'll find Dalton and some of his
      companions messing around with the Epoch. An 'Airthrone'? What's
      he talking about?

    - And lastly, a Magic Tab. If you've gotten ALL of your equipment,
      gold and items back, you'll find a tab shining in the upper-right
      corner in the ventilation. Remember, if you don't have your stuff
      back then it won't appear here.

    The door in the room of the items leads to the exit. So climb up the
    ladder to arrive on the left wing of the Blackbird. If you haven't
    gotten all of your stuff back, someone in your party will remind you
    of that. You can go back, or continue without having your stuff.

    There are several Turrets on the wing; those are all avoidable. When
    walking on the wing, though, you will be lightly blown to the back,
    so you'll have a somewhat harder time to avoid the Turrets. Or, of
    course, just fight them; you'll be greatly rewarded, although it's
    also possible they'll run away. To continue, go to the lower-left
    part of the wing. The GolemBoss will appear.

    - Boss: Golem Boss

      This is another one of those battles that won't need to be won.
      This Golem will run after some time (he's scared of heights), but
      the trick here is to try to defeat him before he does, netting you
      a lot of experience. So, use your most powerful techs here.

      The Golem Boss has 15,000 HP. He has nothing to steal, so don't
      waste your time trying to use Charm. If you've managed to defeat
      him in the time limit, you'll receive 2500 experience points, 40
      tech points and 2000G.

    After the battle, Dalton will be shown, as well as an Epoch with
    wings! In the end, after some confusion about the music, the Aero-
    Dalton Imperial will fly away. The screen will return to the party,
    who will attack Dalton.

    - Boss: Dalton Plus

      If you have all your equipment, Dalton Plus is a laugh. He can
      only attack one at a time, so just release a couple of single or
      dual techs and he'll be defeated in no time. He can even be beaten
      with only one character, so this battle shouldn't be too hard. If
      you use magical attacks, he'll use magic from the opposite element
      (e.g. if you use Fire, he'll use Water). This guy is so easy that
      you won't need more strategies.

      Dalton Plus has 2800 HP (yes, LESS than Dalton Minus!). Defeating
      him will net you 2500 experience points, 40 tech points and 2000G.
      You can use Charm to steal a Power Meal.

    Upon chopping his hit points down to zero, he'll call the GolemBoss,
    but of course, to no avail. Once you regain control over your party
    (or actually, the Epoch), press the Y-button and the X-button to
    continue. After the cut-scene where the Blackbird will be destroyed,
    you'll find your equipment and items in the Epoch, if you haven't
    taken it in the Blackbird. If you have forgotten about your G,
    though, it's lost now... You'll land in Algetty.


  3.23.2 - Shopping (Optional)
  ----------------------------

    In the Nu's tent, you can talk to the Nu and shop; he's got more
    goods. What's new is mostly the stuff you could have gotten in the
    Ocean Palace; see 8.5.20 for a complete listing.


  3.23.3 - North Cape: Magus' True Identity
  -----------------------------------------

    At the far side of North Cape, you'll find a shining dot. Touch it.
    Magus will show up; he'll explain what has happened lately. You'll
    see that the Mammon Machine in another dimension has summoned Lavos,
    who has dragged the Gurus into other dimensions. Melchior to the
    Residence in Medina, Gaspar to the End of Time, and Belthasar to the
    future, as well as Janus to 600 A.D., where he's met Ozzie.

    So you'll discover that Janus is actually Magus. The conversation
    will end up in nothing but disagreements, after which Magus asks you
    if you want to fight him. If you say "Yes.", you'll fight him. Or
    say "No.", he'll join your party later on. If you decide to fight
    him, here are strategies.

    - Boss: Magus

      Note that if you've had Frog in your party when talking to him,
      ONLY Frog will fight him, without help of others. Otherwise, you
      will fight them with the three of you.

      In the beginning, Magus will just randomly attack party members
      with physical attacks. However, if you get his hit points down to
      3333 or lower, he'll start to use level 2-elemental spells, and he
      will also counterattack with them when attacked. Just hit him with
      your most powerful attacks and don't forget to heal. If you have
      them, you may want to use absorbing armor.

      Like before, Magus has 6666 HP. Defeating him will net you 3000
      experience points, 50 tech points and 4000G. If you have Ayla, you
      can use her to use Charm for a Mega Elixir.

    To clear up things...you CANNOT get Magus once you've turned Magus
    into a pile of nothingness. There is no in-game cheat or something,
    you will just have to play the game over again. However, there's one
    upside: if you kill him, you'll get the Amulet he's carrying. This
    will be transferred to a New Game +, and that wouldn't happen if he
    has joined you, because it would then be a part of his equipment,
    and equipment will be lost in a New Game +.

    If you've defeated him, he'll leave behind a shining dot, the Amulet
    that Schala has given him. He'll also tell you to go to Gaspar, the
    Guru of Time, if you want to revive Crono.

    But if you've said "No." to him, the party will realize that killing
    Magus doesn't return Crono. Now leave, after which Magus joins your
    party. He'll say that Gaspar knows how to restore lost or misplaced
    time streams. Then, you'll name Magus (whose default name is Magus!)
    and switch party members. Anyway, with or without Magus, leave and
    return to your Epoch.


------------------------------------------------------------------------
3.24 - The Time Egg
------------------------------------------------------------------------

  3.24 - Preliminary
  ------------------

    Upon meeting Magus again, you've learned how Melchior and the other
    Gurus have been sent to other eras, as well as the true identity of
    Magus, nobody more than Janus. He has also told you that Gaspar, the
    Guru of Time, knows how to revive Crono. Is this true?

      Note: If you are high enough in the levels to defeat Lavos, you
            can use the bucket at the End of Time now to fight it. Or
            use the dot at the Telepod or the Epoch if you don't want to
            fight the mimicked forms. If you manage to defeat it, you'll
            acquire the ending 'Reunion'.


  3.24.1 - The Guru of Time
  -------------------------

    Hop onto the now-flying Epoch. Upon entering it, you'll witness the
    Ocean Palace coming out of the ocean, becoming the Black Omen. You
    can enter it, but unless you're on a New Game + or if you've been
    leveling up like a mad freak, you're still too weak to survive in
    that place.

    Anyway, use the Epoch to go to the End of Time. There, talk to the
    old man. He'll notice that Crono isn't here, and you'll tell him the
    story. (If Magus is in your party, he'll also notice him as Janus.)
    Once you regain control over your party, just leave via any way, and
    the old man will call you.

    Talk to him again and he'll give you the Chrono Trigger (that's the
    C. Trigger in your inventory). He'll explain what it's used for, how
    to use it, and that you'll need to see Belthasar to hatch it. Then,
    the party will find out that this guy is actually Gaspar, the Guru
    of Time.

      Note: Since you now have the Epoch, time-traveling and traveling
            itself has become a lot easier. If you haven't done the
            black chests and doors-hunt, you can do that now, easier.

            And there's a little bug with the Epoch. If you don't like
            the music you hear when flying, just keep hopping on and off
            the Epoch as fast as possible, and one time, you'll hear the
            normal World Map-music!


  3.24.2 - Visit Belthasar
  ------------------------

    In the Keeper's Dome, follow the normal path to the door, to the Nu.
    Note that there is a new Magic Tab somewhere out there (behind the
    sealed door). Now talk to the Nu (Belthasar), and he'll tell you to
    go to Death Peak, where you can find the power to restore life. The
    requirement for that is a clone identical to the one to be revived,
    and that clone can be gotten from Norstein Bekkler in the fair.


  3.24.3 - Get the Clone
  ----------------------

    If you have the clone already, you don't have to do this (just go to
    Crono's house and skip this place). If you don't, go to Leene Square
    and first get 40 Silver Points. Then, go to the Tent of Horrors and
    talk to Bekkler. (For more info on how to obtain Silver Points,
    refer to 3.1.5.)

    He'll challenge you to get the Crono-clone; you'll do the regular
    mimic-game, but the longer you stay in the game, the lower the price
    will be. After paying 40 Silver Points, you'll start the game. For
    info on how to play (although it's pretty self-explanatory), refer
    to 3.1.5.

    If you fail (either by pressing the wrong button or not pressing one
    at all), you'll have to pay a price for the clone, depending on how
    long you've lasted (prices range from 1000G to 30,000G). If you do
    not have the required cash, you'll be sent outside and you can try
    again, but you'll have to get the Silver Points again. If you win by
    staying in the game long enough, you won't have to pay any price.
    Either way, the clone will be located in Crono's house.

    Now, head for Crono's house. Go upstairs, back to the room where the
    game has started. Crono's mom will be here. Talk to her in order to
    ask permission to take the clone, and leave to Belthasar.

    (If you haven't done it before, you can also go to Lucca's house,
    while you're still in the present. Go to Taban and get some items;
    if there are more items he's got, talk to him multiple times.)


  3.24.4 - Climb Death Peak
  -------------------------

    Go all the way back to Belthasar (the Nu). He'll explain the stuff
    again, and he'll summon three entities (which I'll just call 'Poyozo
    Dolls' for the sake of understandability) to help you on your quest.
    After that, he'll ask you to switch off the Nu. Go to Death Peak.

    You probably already know that you'll be blown back by the wind, so
    you'll have to run. As soon as you enter, run forward and talk to
    the first Poyozo Doll. It will turn into a tree; be sure to stand
    behind it and keep holding the up-button. Once the wind goes down,
    quickly run forward again and repeat the process with another tree.
    Then, when the wind dies again, run to the next area where the wind
    is not a problem. (Note that if you haven't taken the Power Tab
    earlier in the game, take it now! It's somewhere in a corner to the
    right.)

    Go to the left. Fight the three Krakkers, and go to the left again
    to find a chest with a Magic Ring. Then, climb the ladder. Work your
    way through the area, fight the two Krakkers, and continue to the
    next section.

    Here are three Krakkers; fighting them will invite a Macabre that
    joins them. You'll eventually find an intersection. First, go down.
    There's a Save Point; use it if you want. Then, go northeast to find
    a chest with a Wall Ring, and return to where the path has split. Go
    all the way up. At the entrance, you'll have to fight two Macabres,
    unless you stay close to the wall on the left. Enter the cave.
    Inside, you'll notice a miniature version of Lavos, which you will
    have to fight.

    - Boss: Lavos Spawn

      Be sure not to attack the shell of the spawn, that'll only result
      in a nasty 'Lavos Spawn Needle', which hits all party members for
      a large amount of damage. Don't use techs that hit all foes, not
      even those that won't damage them. Beware for the spawn's attacks
      that inflict Chaos, because you don't want to end up with them
      touching the shell.

      For beating the Lavos Spawn (you'll only need to defeat the head),
      you will receive 747 experience points, 120 tech points and 500G,
      as well as an Elixir. The shell has 10,000 HP, the head 4000 HP.
      If you have Ayla, you can use Charm to steal an Elixir off the
      head, the shell has nothing.

    After defeating the spawn, open the chest for Robo's Giga Arm. Equip
    it, if he's in your party, and go through the entrance. Outside, you
    will encounter three Macabres, unless you don't step on the danger
    zones; so stay as close as possible to the upper-part of the path.
    Just follow it and enter the cave to arrive in the other side of it.
    To the right is a Brave Sword. If Frog's in your party, be sure to
    give it to him. Continue (if you stay close to the wall, you won't
    have to fight the three hidden Krakkers).

    Outside, examine the shining dot in the upper-left corner. It will
    open up a passageway; return all the way back until you get to the
    intersection. If you want to, use the Save Point, and go north.
    Climb the ladders, and take the Magus' Star Scythe on your way. If
    you want to, fight the Krakker. In the snow, you'll have to fight a
    Lavos Spawn again, see above for strategies.

    In the next area, talk to the Poyozo Doll. It will warn you: if you
    fall from the slippery road, you'll have to start over again (you'll
    land in the place where the Save Point is). So be careful, and run
    along the path as best as you can, pressing the up-button when it's
    needed.

    If you've successfully passed the bridge, you'll arrive in a place
    where you'll notice many Krakkers coming down the road. If you want
    to, fight them, otherwise, avoid them (when you're standing still
    while a Krakker hits you, no battle will start). To the left is a
    sword for Crono, a Vedic Blade. To continue, head south. From there,
    go south again.

    Here's the last Poyozo Doll, which hints that you must "Push the
    shell... Climb the shell..." Climb the ladder, follow the path, and
    eventually you'll have to fight the last Lavos Spawn in this area.
    Again, see above for strategies. Upon defeating it, the shell will
    remain. Guess what; it can be moved! Push it under the incomplete
    ladder, and climb the shell by interacting with it. Climb the now-
    accessible ladder. Directly to the right is a chest with a Memory
    Cap; take it. Then, follow the path.

    This is the summit of Death Peak. The Chrono Trigger will be used,
    and you'll be brought to the exact time just before Crono was killed
    by Lavos, but time is frozen now. Interact with Crono to exchange
    him with his clone, and you'll return to the top of the mountain.
    After the conversation, you'll be brought to the End of Time.


------------------------------------------------------------------------
3.25 - The Fated Hour
------------------------------------------------------------------------

  3.25 - Preliminary
  ------------------

    Yes, this may be one of the last chapters in the game, but we are
    certainly not nearing the end of the game! After Crono's revival, it
    is now time to do the side-quests. Instead of dumping them all in
    this chapter, I'll move them over to separate chapters; see section
    4. in this document.

      Note: If you are high enough in the levels to defeat Lavos, you
            can use the bucket at the End of Time now to fight it. Or
            use the dot at the Telepod or the Epoch if you don't want to
            fight the mimicked forms. If you manage to defeat it, you'll
            acquire the ending 'Beyond Time'. If you want to get New
            Game +, go through the Black Omen first.


  3.25.1 - The Side-quests
  ------------------------

    Talk to Gaspar for some hints. He'll tell you that you can defeat
    Lavos from now on, either by using the bucket here, or using the
    Epoch, or via the Black Omen; it seems to be connected to Lavos in
    some way. However, he'll also tell you that before you fight Lavos,
    there are several events, people and places that will empower you.
    In other words, these are the famous side-quests that are completely
    optional and that can be done in any order.

      QotD: Gaspar: "Fail to live up to your potential, and you will
            never win..."

    You can talk to the people not in your party; they may give some
    hints regarding the side-quests or they may share their own thoughts
    on them. Or if you want, fight Spekkio. If he's on a higher level,
    you'll get his reward set for defeating him.

      Note: Previously, you had to keep Crono in your party. But now,
            with the come of the side-quests, you can choose anyone that
            you like, so it's possible to form a party without him.

    Anyway, this ends the linear part of the game; from now on, there
    are many ways you can follow. If you want to fulfill the side-quests
    first, refer to the sections after 2.26. The side-quests are listed
    in the order that Gaspar tells you about them. If you want to beat
    the game, defeating Lavos, you can either use the Black Omen (which
    is what the guide is going to do now), or via other ways (see 2.26).


  3.25.2 - Collecting Stuff (Optional)
  ------------------------------------

    Or, if you want to hunt treasures, if you haven't done that before,
    check out 3.19.2 and 3.19.4 for a guide. With a machine that now
    flies, hunting treasures is way easier.

    In the trading hut in Ioka village is a new item. For the price of
    10 of each trading item (Petal, Fang, Horn and Feather), you can get
    a Ruby Armor (can be worn by anyone, DFP+78, Fire-damage is reduced
    by 80 percent).


  3.25.3 - The Black Omen
  -----------------------

    Previously, the Ocean Palace has risen from the ocean to become the
    Black Omen, floating in the air. It appears in every era, except for
    65,000,000 B. C., because it didn't exist back then. You can enter
    it by flying under it using the Epoch, except in 2300 A.D., because
    the Day of Lavos would have already passed by then.

    Something that I find strange is that Black Omen isn't the same in
    every era, e.g. if you pick up an item in 1000 A.D., it's gone in
    600 A.D. and 12,000 B. C. There are some enemies that can be fought
    only once, others will reappear. I placed 'Mentioned enemies will
    reappear.' and 'Mentioned enemies will not reappear.' in parentheses
    to note that the enemies mentioned in the same paragraph will or
    will not reappear. Handy, eh? Bosses will not reappear, except for
    Zeal at the end. Anyway, there is an amount of enemies that may have
    something very nice to Charm. So be sure to bring Ayla with you,
    preferably with the Charm Top equipped.

    So anyway, fly under the Epoch and press the action-button once the
    name 'Black Omen' appears. To return to the Epoch you'll need to
    interact with the shimmering dot beneath you. When nearing the
    entrance, six Laser Guards will attack. After defeating them, head
    inside the building. Zeal will then appear. After the chat, she'll
    summon a Mega Mutant for you to fight.

    - Boss: Mega Mutant

      The Mega Mutant is comprised of a body and a head, and is the
      easiest boss in the Black Omen. And because it is the easiest one,
      just unleash some strong dual techs to lower this one's hit points
      quickly. It should really be no problem, but don't forget about
      its variety of attacks (status effects). However, if you seem to
      have major trouble with it, then that is a sign that you shouldn't
      even BE here yet...

      4600 HP off the top of the Mega Mutant and 3850 off the lower part
      will net you 900 experience points, 50 tech points and 1500G. If
      you have Ayla with you, be sure to have gotten that Vigil Hat by
      Charming the lower part.

    Onwards. You'll find two Incognitos; to defeat them, wait until they
    reveal their faces and become a Peeping Doom, which has much lower
    defenses than when they're covered by the shield. After defeating
    them, go to the next area. (Mentioned enemies will not reappear.)

    Here are two Martellos, but they can be ignored (if you stay away
    from them). Upon continuing, two Goons (Charm for a Nova Armor) will
    fight you. After those, you'll encounter another Martello that comes
    with two Synchrites (Charm for a Gold Earring). Once they're done,
    go to the right to find a Save Point. After saving, head for the
    next area. (Mentioned enemies will reappear.)

    While working your way through the hall, two pairs of two Panels
    (Charm for a Speed Tab) will attack you. Be sure to get those rare
    Speed Tabs, there aren't many of those. In the next section, a Boss
    Orb and two of his Side Kicks will battle (don't attack the Side
    Kicks when the Boss Orb is around), and soon after that you'll find
    another group of them, and then another one. (Mentioned enemies will
    reappear.)

    In the following area, you'll find two Metal Mutes, and after that,
    a group of two Metal Mutes and two Flyclopses (Charm for a Gold
    Stud). After getting rid of them, follow the path, use the warp-pod
    and arrive at a large elevator. Hit the switch on the left to go
    down. On your way, you'll randomly fight enemies, either two Goons,
    four Ruminators (Charm for Mega Elixir) or two Cybots (Charm for a
    Power Meal). (Mentioned enemies will reappear.)

      Note: In the next area, some kind of simple maze, there are a lot
            of enemies waiting for you. However, the only way to fight
            them is to run into several 'danger zones'. So, if you want
            to avoid them all, don't run.

    While going through this part, pick up a Mega Elixir right from the
    stairset. Also don't forget the 30,000G left of the exit, and go to
    the next section of the palace. Here, don't step on any of the blue
    squares, or you'll fight two Ruminators (left) or two Flyclopses
    (right). At the intersection, follow the right path which leads to a
    chest with a Magic Seal. After defeating the Synchrite and Martello
    (hardly avoidable), go through the entrance to arrive in another
    hall. (Mentioned enemies will reappear.)

    Open the six chests to find an Elixir and a Vigil Hat, and a Nova
    Armor and Mega Elixir, and a Mega Elixir and Haste Helmet. Be sure
    to take note of the Save Point, and talk to the two Nus. The left
    one will let you shop (see 5.8.25), and talk to the right one to
    return to the entrance (or say 'Stay.' to stay here). Interact with
    the wall in the back to uncover a door.

    Follow the path and you'll eventually meet a Tubster (Charm for a
    Power Tab). Be sure to stockpile those Power Tabs; head back to the
    Nu's place and return to find that the Tubster has reappeared. In
    the next hall, you'll find two Cybots and an Incognito (three of
    them if you fight it). At the far side, there are four Ruminators,
    and behind them is a chest with a Zodiac Cape. To continue, follow
    the Ruminators' trail into the entrance on the right. (Mentioned
    enemies will reappear.)

    Work your way through this place. You'll find a Boss Orb and two
    Side Kicks, as well as two Goons and a Flyclops (behind them is a
    chest with a Mega Elixir), and a group of two Boss Orbs and four
    Side Kicks. Oh, you can avoid Boss Orbs and Side Kicks by quickly
    dashing through the place while they have their eyes CLOSED.
    (Mentioned enemies will reappear.)

    On your way, you'll find a Power Seal in a chest on the left. While
    crossing the bridge, two Flyclopses will appear, who you'll have to
    fight later on, as well as the Tubster that joins them. You'll find
    a Martello in the back. Defeat him (and the Cybot that joins), and
    open the partially hidden chest in the lower-right corner to find a
    Speed Tab. Then go to the left. (Mentioned enemies will reappear.)

    From there, go all the way to the left again. You'll find another
    chest with a Speed Tab. After getting it, go into the entrance. Walk
    onto the platform to get warped to another part of the palace, which
    is not an elevator, but another one of those mazes.

    First, go all the way to the left. In the center, you'll fight two
    Blobs (Charm for a Magic Ring) and two Aliens (Charm for a Magic
    Tab), unless you stay close to the upper platform. At the far left
    side, go down to find a chest with an Elixir, then go up. Follow the
    path, until you encounter four Side Kicks. A Boss Orb will join them
    if attacked, but you can also avoid them. Work your way through the
    maze until you encounter two chests. Open them to find a Speed Tab
    and a Mega Elixir, as well as two Aliens that are hiding between
    them. Head into the entrance. (Mentioned enemies will not reappear.)

    To the left is a Save Point. Use it. Go up, after which the Giga
    Mutant will appear.

    - Boss: Giga Mutant

      Being basically an upgraded version of the Mega Mutant you've seen
      before, this Mutant is also no real threat. Fortunately, the Giga
      Mutant's hit points are relatively very low. Just like with the
      first Mutant, release some powerful single and dual techs, and
      preferably target-all spells. Oh, and don't even think about using
      physical attacks; both parts have maximum defense against those.

      Status-protective equipment is helpful, as Giga Mutant features a
      variety of status ailments, and also 'Life Shaver', which reduces
      hit points to one. However, this opens up techs like Frog Squash,
      so if you have Frog, be sure to use that. Just watch out for its
      attacks, especially 'Shining Bit'. As for the rest, just attack
      and heal and repeat.

      The top has 5800 HP, the bottom has 4950 HP. Defeating Giga Mutant
      will result in the acquisition of 1500 experience points, 80 tech
      points and 2000G. If you want to Charm, then the top offers a Wall
      Ring, while the bottom has a Hit Ring.

    After you beat the Giga Mutant, go north, into the warp. It will
    bring you to an elevator; hit the switch on the right and you'll
    randomly have to fight Goons, Ruminators and Cybots. Once you're up,
    head into the entrance. (Mentioned enemies will reappear.)

    You'll then fight two Synchrites. After beating them, work your way
    through the area until you find two bats blocking your way. If you
    touch them, you'll fight two Goons. Although it IS possible to avoid
    them, you are likely going to fight those enemies. After defeating
    the two Tubsters that you're going to meet too, follow the path and
    open the door. (Mentioned enemies will not reappear.)

    Inside the next area, there are four Panels. Be sure to Charm Speed
    Tabs off them before you defeat them, then open the chest on the
    left platform for yet another Speed Tab. By defeating those Panels,
    a Save Point has appeared; be sure to have taken note of that too.
    Then go north to find...

    - Boss: Terra Mutant

      Have a few things in mind while fighting the Terra Mutant. The
      first thing is that physical attacks should not be used. Also, do
      not attack the lower part at all as that is a waste of your time
      and strength; when the top goes, the bottom decides to leave too.

      Some bad thing here is that the head absorbs from the lower part
      for about 1000 hit points. Also dangerous are, like with the other
      Mutants, the various status ailments it can inflict. I would use
      Crono and Lucca, let them use *Luminaire and *Flare, and have a
      third character (preferably someone with high speed and equipped
      with an Amulet or something) cure and if needed, use Heals, until
      the battle is over.

      The upper part has 7800 HP, lower part has 20000 HP. Remember, you
      don't need to defeat the lower part. 2000 experience points, 100
      tech points and 3800G will be your prizes. If you want to Charm to
      get even more prizes, snatch a Muscle Ring from the head and a
      Power Seal from the tail.

    After getting rid of the last Mutant, open the two chests for a
    White Rock (left) and a Mega Elixir (right). Then return to the Save
    Point and save again. Then go up, up all the way, up until a Gate
    appears, which teleports a...

    - Boss: Lavos Spawn

      This Lavos Spawn is not as weak as those you've fought on Death
      Peak, but this one isn't too hard either. Of course, don't even
      try to push, climb or attack the shell (so don't use target-all
      techs): doing so will result in a VERY painful counterattack. But!
      That Haste Helmet may be a good reason to Charm the shell, if you
      really want it...

      The Lavos-baby uses 'Lavos Spawn Needle: Disorder', the real
      threat. It hits everyone AND it does a lot of damage. 'Destruction
      zone' does the same for less damage, and 'Water Rise' and 'Dark
      Bomb' hit a single character for medium-to-high damage. I suggest
      to have two characters use a strong dual tech each round, while a
      third characters only heals (e.g. Crono and Frog use Spire each
      round, while Robo uses Heal Beam).

      The head is good for 10,000 HP, the shell has 13,500 HP. Only the
      head needs to be defeated for this battle. Once you defeat this
      boss, you'll be rewarded with 2450 experience points, 120 tech
      points and 2500G. As an added bonus, you may want to get the Haste
      Helmet from the shell by using Charm, and maybe the Safe Helmet
      from the little head.

    Exit north again and you'll be attacked by five Panels. Again, be
    sure to snatch Speed Tabs off them, then defeat them in order to
    reveal a Save Point on your left. After using it (and it is really
    adviced you to do that), go north. You'll find clones of all your
    characters (except Magus) left and right; looks like Zeal has been
    doing some research! Speaking of Zeal, go north and she will appear.
    Soon after that, a fight will start.

      Note: Once you start the battle, you can't return. You'll have to
            stick to the chosen team for the following three CONSECUTIVE
            boss-battles, so be careful, now. Have at least someone to
            heal (Robo with Heal Beam and high magic stat, or Marle).

    - Boss: Zeal

      Zeal starts the fight with Hallation, an attack that reduces the
      hit points of all your characters to one. Yes, she will use this
      quite frequently. On the other hand, with only one hit point, I
      highly recommend to use low hit points-techs (Frog Flare is the
      best to use, but Frog Squash and Dino Tail may help here too) to
      inflict massive damage.

      Besides Hallation, Zeal will frequently absorb some magic points,
      as well as an orange balls-attack that the Golems have also used.
      That attack won't do too much damage, so you won't need to heal
      fully after Hallation. In other words, don't waste Mega Elixirs
      that will be needed in upcoming battles.

      Actually, Zeal's not too hard now. She has 12,000 hit points, and
      you'll receive a Mega Elixir for defeating her. You can also Charm
      her to get a Mega Elixir. In fact, you can do that twice. After
      you beat her, she'll toss you into the Mammon Machine, without
      having the time to heal.

    - Boss: Mammon Machine

      There are two phases the machine can be in, one in which the
      "Mammon M. modifies all energy...", and one in which the "Mammon
      M. stands still..." The machine starts by modifying energy, and
      after that it'll stand still, and repeat the process.

      If you attack the machine while it's modifying energy, then it'll
      either raise its attack power (if you've used a magical tech), or
      raise its defense power against physical attacks (if you've used a
      physical attack). So, it's best to start with a couple of strong
      physical attacks, and once they don't do much damage anymore, use
      magic. If you have Frog, equipped with the Masamune, the Masamune
      will absorb some hit points when Frog attacks physically. In the
      end, the Mammon Machine will release its stored energy, of which
      the damage depends on the damage you did using magical techs.

      After this, the Mammon Machine will stand still. All stats (attack
      and defense power) of it are reset, so you can attack in any way
      you want to. The machine will use 'Point Flare' in this phase, but
      that isn't very strong. Note that Frog's Masamune doesn't work
      now, so just use your most powerful techs. After a while, the
      machine will go back to phase one again.

      That is all. Sounds easy, right? Deplete 18,000 hit points to be
      victorious. You can Charm the boss for a Mega Elixir. Immediately
      after the battle, you'll encounter...

    - Boss: Zeal

      After the battle, you'll find yourself on top of the Black Omen,
      and Queen Zeal appears yet again to form a more deadly enemy. She
      now consists of a head and two hands.

        Note: If you have Magus in your party, then he'll utter some
              text, and his music will play while fighting. Otherwise,
              you'll get to hear the hard boss-music.

      If you attack the left hand, it'll counter with 'Life Shaver',
      which will reduce hit points to one, and attacking the right hand
      will result in 'MP Buster', which reduces magic points to zero.
      The hands have a HIGH amount of hit points and are nearing maximum
      defense, so don't try to get rid of those hands. As with the Lavos
      Spawns, the use of target-all spells is not recommended. The head
      is your target here, and only the head.

      Zeal (her head) has three attacks: 'Dark Gear', which is the most
      powerful target-all Shadow-spell, 'Skygate', the most harmless
      target-one Lightning-spell, and 'Hexagon Mist', a Water-spell that
      hits all companions. The hands have laser attacks, but those are
      so weak that you should laugh at them.

      The best strategy to use here is to attack the head using strong
      dual techs, and healing when necessary. Actually, that is all. If
      you want to Charm the Prism-gear, do it carefully. Mega Elixirs
      are a good thing to have in this battle.

      The head has 20,000 HP, the hands each have 28,000 HP. If you want
      to play dangerous, Charm a Prism Dress off the left hand and a
      Prism Helmet off the right hand. The head offers a Mega Elixir,
      which is always useful. Remember, if the head goes down, the hands
      will go too.

    Right after defeating Queen Zeal, she'll attempt to summon Lavos.
    Unfortunately, she's successful, after which both Zeal and the Black
    Omen disappear. You'll have to fight the first forms of Lavos now.


------------------------------------------------------------------------
3.26 - The Final Battle
------------------------------------------------------------------------

  3.26 - Preliminary
  ------------------

    Well this is it. The final battle. Get ready to fight the ugly,
    over-sized hedgehog, defeat it to save the future and become famous,
    or prepare to get squashed by his giant feet and be forgotten :)...

    There are many ways to go to Lavos. You can follow the bucket at the
    End of Time, or use the Epoch. To do it storyline-wise and to get
    New Game +, though, go there via the Black Omen, which seems to be
    connected with it in some way. Note that if you use the Epoch, you
    won't have to fight the outer shell of Lavos. Oh, and you can also
    use the Telepod at Leene Square if you're in a New Game + (you won't
    have to fight the Lavos mimics).


  3.26.1 - The Outer Shell
  ------------------------

    (Ignore this part if you've used the Epoch to burst into Lavos, as
    the outer shell will be destroyed by the Epoch's impact.) Head north
    to face the almighty Lavos. Upon nearing it, you'll have the choice
    to run away for now, or to fight him. So fight him. (If you're here
    via the Black Omen, then you won't get that choice, by the way.)

    - Boss: Lavos

      In this round, Lavos will mimic various bosses you've encountered
      before. The stats of those are exactly the same. Most likely, this
      is to sign whether you're ready or not to fight the true Lavos: if
      you can't get through this 'test', then you should return and
      train more...

        Note: At the beginning of each battle, Lavos will change attack
              mode, at which point will be shown who you'll be fighting
              to. Between the battles, you're free to heal or what ever,
              but you can't leave yet.

      For the Dragon Tank-form, just take the three targets in any order
      you want. For the Guardian: don't hit the center while the two Bit
      are alive. For the Heckran-form, don't use physical attacks but
      magic, and don't attack when Lavos indicated, "Go ahead! Try and
      attack...!". Zombor shouldn't be a problem either, use Water and
      Shadow on the head and Lightning and Fire on the parasite. Be sure
      to recover magic points after the MP Buster.

      For the Masa & Mune-battle, have Crono in the party. Use Slash
      when your enemy is storing tornado energy, and pound him with some
      physical attacks when he's not. For Nizbel, use Lightning-magic to
      decrease Nizbel's defense, then attack, then repeat. Magus is
      great to use when fighting Magus: let him taste him the TRUE power
      of Dark Matter. As always, be sure to attack with the right spells
      when a barrier is up, you may use any attack after depleting 3333
      hit points.

      When nearing the Black Tyrano and Azala, kick the little bug off
      the shoulder of Lavos, then start kicking the little head (about
      10,000 hit points) until you're done. For Giga Gaia, defeat the
      left (your left, Lavos' right) hand first, then go for the head.
      Don't hit the harmless right hand, and defeat the left hand again
      when it gets revived.

      After Giga Gaia, you'll have to fight Lavos itself. It may be wise
      to wear status-protective armor. Lavos starts using this attack,
      'Destruction rains from the heavens!', which may be painful, so
      heal. Also heal after the needle-attacks. These two are the real
      threats here, unless you're on a high level. For the rest, use
      powerful spells (e.g. *Luminaire).

      As said before, the mimicked bosses have the same amount of HP as
      the real ones. The last form has 10,000 HP. You will not gain
      experience, tech, G, items and nobody here has something to Charm.

    After the battles, Lavos' head will disappear. You can now go inside
    Lavos by entering the hole you've just made.


  3.26.2 - Inside Lavos
  ---------------------

    Inside the shell, you'll find a Gate and a Save Point. The Gate will
    return you to the bucket at the End of Time. Now, be sure to use the
    Save Point, and also use a Shelter. (The Gate and Save Point won't
    be here if you've used the Epoch to get here.)

      Note: Don't worry if you use up all your items, because once you
            start a New Game +, they will still be in your inventory.
            Remember, you saved, and in a New Game +, you will start the
            game using THAT save. So be sure to use up all those tabs. A
            number of Mega Elixirs won't hurt either!

    Be sure to prepare. Equip all Haste Helmets that you have on those
    who you think you're going to use quite frequently, and don't forget
    to arm your attacker(s) with Prism Specs (or Sun Shades, if you
    don't have Prism Specs). Once you're done, head north to face...

    - Boss: Lavos

      Lavos now consists of a left and right hand, as well as a head.
      The goal, of course, is to defeat the head. You'll need to attack
      the two arms first, because the head features almost max defense
      in the beginning.

      If you have Marle, let her cast *Haste on everyone (and let her be
      the backup, because her fighting skills aren't worth a bean here).
      Crono, Lucca and Magus should use their ultimate spells. Robo can
      alternate between Shock and Heal Beam. If you have Frog or Ayla,
      let them use Frog Squash or Dino Tail if their hit points are low
      (at most, half of their max), so try not to heal them.

      After a while, the ground under Lavos will flash up for a couple
      of seconds ('Engaging main body...'), which means that the head
      has removed its defense. It also means Lavos starts to use more
      powerful spells, though. Watch out for 'Shadow Doom Blaze', which
      is, aside from very cool-looking, Lavos' most powerful attack.
      This might even be fatal for some, so it's possible you'll need to
      revive and/or sacrifice a Mega Elixir for this.

      Lavos' attacks include healing the head for about 1500 hit points.
      This can only be done by the right hand, so you might want to get
      rid of that first. Actually, most of its other attacks are usually
      very weak, and Lavos doesn't seem to attack frequently...

      If your attacks inflict quite some damage, then Lavos will be
      quite easy. The left arm has 8000 HP, the right arm has 12,000 HP.
      The head has 20,000 HP. Found this easy? Well, we're not done yet.


  3.26.3 - The Showdown
  ---------------------

    - Boss: Lavos

      Lavos now reveals its true self, and this really is the final
      battle. The thing in the middle is the Lavos Core, the parasite on
      on the left is the left Bit, and to the right is the right Bit.
      While you may think that the Lavos Core is your main target, it's
      not; that is the right Bit. (If you defeat the right Bit while the
      one or both supports are still intact, those will automatically go
      down too.)

      Each part Lavos consists of has its own function: the left Bit
      will constantly heal the Lavos Core for 1000 hit points, and it
      absorbs all kinds of elemental attacks. So, you should attack it
      physically. The Lavos Core is the main attacker (normal defenses),
      and the right Bit is the reviver (maximum defense). The deal here
      is that if you destroy one or both left parts, the right Bit will
      prepare to revive them. However, it will have to get rid of its
      maximum defense, which is your chance to attack!

      The best strategy here is to defeat the left Bit first, as quickly
      as possible. One or two moves should do it. In few moments, the
      message 'Lavos Core shuts off def' appears, indicating it'll now
      take full damage, so attack using your best spells, while healing
      when needed. Check out the previous Lavos strategy for tips on who
      has to do what. Those low hit points-techs are pretty useful here
      (AND don't heal the left Bit), as long as you keep the casters'
      hit points low. When Frog or Ayla dies, use a Revive.

      The Lavos Core is the most lethal part. It uses a variety of very
      powerful attacks, which includes 'Grand Stone' (ultimate physical
      attack, all), 'Dreamless' (ultimate magic attack, all), 'Crying
      Heavens' (single), Evil Star (halves hit points, single), and a
      couple of other attacks that affect your status. Be sure to heal
      after Lavos' ultimate attacks...characters with low defense won't
      like those. The left and right Bit can also attack on their own
      (but are not a real threat), and if you defeat the Lavos Core
      first, the two Bit will counterattack your moves using something
      like X Strike.

      After a while, the Lavos Core uses 'Active Life' to revive its
      fallen supports (be it the left Bit, the Lavos Core, or both).
      Fortunately, Active Life doesn't instantly restore the right Bit's
      defense. Once it does restore its defense again, you'll have to
      repeat the process until you win. The right Bit can revive both
      parts infinitely.

        Note: During the battle, Lavos uses 'Time Warp...' frequently,
              but this doesn't affect the battle in any way, except how
              the background looks like.

      The left Bit has 2000 HP, so can be defeated quickly. The center
      Bit has 10,000 HP, the Lavos Core has 30,000 HP. If you lost the
      battle (or against any of Lavos' forms), then Lavos will erupt
      from the ground and destroy the world...

    If you've won, congratulations! You have just finished the game!
    Depending on which point you decided to fight Lavos, the ending will
    change. Are you good enough to do it again?


========================================================================
4. Side-quests
========================================================================

------------------------------------------------------------------------
4.1 - The Sunken Desert
------------------------------------------------------------------------

  4.1 - Preliminary
  -----------------

    Gaspar: "In the Middle Ages, a woman's sheer determination brings a
    forest back to life..."

    This first side-quest involves both Robo and Lucca. First, we're
    going to help Fiona to rebuild the forest, then we'll discover some
    more about Lucca's past.


  4.1.1 - Fiona and Marco
  -----------------------

    I think you've already done this, but if you haven't, talk to the
    lady in the lower-right corner of the Commons in 12,000 B. C., and
    tell her to plant the sapling. Do NOT tell her to burn it, or else
    you'll lock this quest for this go-through. Then, head for Fiona's
    Villa in 600 A.D.

    Talk to Fiona twice and Marco to learn that the enemies in the
    desert prevent the revival of the forest, as well as some hints
    about the enemies in the Sunken Desert: they hate water. Also, take
    the two Mid Ethers from the chests if you haven't done that before.
    Now, head for the Sunken Desert, lending a hand to Fiona.

    (If you haven't told the woman to plant the sapling, Fiona will say
    that her husband hasn't returned from war yet, and that her job is
    to guard the forests. Nothing more. So, tell that woman to plant it.
    If you've told her to burn it, you can't do this quest anymore.)

      Note: Be sure to bring a party containing Marle, Frog or Magus.
            The enemies in the Sunken Desert are vulnerable to water, so
            that's why you should bring them. (There's really no need to
            bring all of them.) Also bring someone with some muscles.

    The ground is very slippery here, so you'll have to walk with care.
    Sometimes, you'll have to run. You'll encounter many Mohavors and
    Hexapods here on various spots, so watch out. There are also many
    chests here: in the upper-left corner is a Full Ether, the upper-
    right one has a Lapis, in the lower-left corner is an Elixir, and in
    the lower-right corner is a chest with an Aeon Suit. To continue, go
    to the entrance south.

    In this area, you'll notice the screen quake at times; for every
    quake (wherever you are), you'll lose 30 hit points, so handle fast.
    At every quake, a monster, Retinite, will show up for a moment. It's
    the boss in this area, and to fight it, you'll have to touch it.

    However, there are also items spread out in this area, so you may
    want to get those before fighting Retinite. Clockwise, you can find
    a Full Tonic, 5000G, Hyper Ether, Aeon Helmet, Memory Cap, Full
    Ether, and in the middle, a Muscle Ring. Before or after getting the
    items, be sure to have Marle and/or Frog in your party, then run up
    to Retinite to fight him.

    - Boss: Retinite

      Retinite consists of a top, a bottom, and a core. All three have
      maximum defense. However, the trick is to use Water (as "Water
      hardens sand") to lower the body's defenses (only against physical
      attacks). If the core is still there, the defense will raise a bit
      again with every attack of yours. Also, you shouldn't use magic,
      because that will heal the core and does no damage to the body.

      Oh, and note that Water will do NO damage to any part, it'll only
      lower defenses. So, it's a waste of magic points if you use a very
      strong Water-tech because that only does zero damage. Retinite's
      actions include the absorbing of hit points from the core (and it
      might destroy it that way!), as well as absorbing from you.

      Also, the bottom and lower parts will NOT raise their defense when
      attacked, if the core is still there. So a strategy may be to use
      a target-all Water-spell, then start kicking the head and tail
      while healing when it's needed, and use either Lightning, Shadow
      or Fire on the core to cure it (i.e. it won't be destroyed by the
      absorbing).

      I myself prefer to start using a target-all Water-spell, then to
      attack the head until it's gone, then heal the core once, then go
      for the lower part without healing the core. If you're low in the
      levels (you won't do very much damage), the core will eventually
      die by the absorbing. If you're high in the levels, though, then
      you may not want to heal the core, or else it'll stay alive and
      run away once you defeat the body.

      The top half has 5000 HP, gives 500 experience points and 20 tech
      points. The bottom has the same, except 4800 HP. The core has only
      1000 HP, and 1600 experience points, 60 tech points and 2000G. So,
      if the core runs away (which happens when it's alone), you'll only
      get 1000 experience points, 60 tech points and 2000G. You can also
      Charm a Speed Tab off the core.

    Now return to Fiona. On your way back, there are no enemies, so you
    can now get the items from the chests without being bothered by
    them. Also, there's a new Power Tab here, be sure to grab it. To
    leave, enter the path in the middle of the northern wall.


  4.1.2 - The Revival of the Forest
  ---------------------------------

    Now, have Robo in your party. Talk to Fiona: she'll thank you for
    defeating the enemies in the desert. Since it'll take some time for
    the forests to grow, Robo will volunteer to stay at Fiona's and help
    rebuilding the forest. Allow him to help. He'll leave your party for
    now. You'll appear on the World Map; from now on, you can find Robo
    on the 600 A.D. map planting the fields. Now, it's time to go back
    to 1000 A.D. and recruit Robo again.

    But before you continue, SAVE YOUR GAME.

    As you can see on the 1000 A.D. World Map, Fiona's wish has been
    granted. Go inside Fiona's Shrine. You'll find three nuns, whereof
    the uppermost sells you hats. See 8.5.21 for a listing. At the end
    of the shrine, you can find the remnants of Robo. He'll rejoin your
    party, after which he'll be taken to a camp in the woods to be
    repaired and to celebrate the new forest.

      QotD: "In our world, every storm has an end. Every night, brings a
            new morning. What's important is to trust those you love,
            and never give up...... We must all keep hope alive..."

    Here, your characters will talk about Lavos, that it may actually
    not be responsible for the gates, and that someone or something, an
    Entity, wanted them to see all of this. Marle will ask Lucca if
    there was a point in time she would want to return to, but Lucca
    seems a bit hesitant to answer. In the end, the characters will
    decide to sleep.

    During the night, while everyone's asleep, the brains (Lucca) will
    awake. Head for the lower-right corner and find an unusual red Gate.
    Enter it, and Lucca will be taken back to 'that moment', ten years
    ago...


  4.1.3 - Lucca's Past
  --------------------

    Check out the piece of a diary, and go through the entrance. You'll
    witness Lara, Lucca's mom, and Lucca herself, as a kid, in the main
    room. While Lara tries to dust off the huge machine in the room, she
    gets stuck. In some way, the machine activates, and she gets dragged
    into the machine. There is a way to stop the machine, but little
    Lucca doesn't know the password. So now it's up to you to save her,
    and there is limited time to do it. Unless you're not in the main
    room, handle fast.

    Go back to Lucca's room and go down the stairs, then north into the
    kitchen. Read the note on the table to find out that the password is
    the name of Taban's wife, so the password is Lara. Now, enter the
    the main room by going through the main entrance.

    On the machine, there's a shining dot. Quickly run to it, interact
    with it and input the password, L A R A. To do that, press the L-
    button, the A-button, the R-button and the A-button again. If you
    manage to do it before Lara's gets in real trouble, congratulations:
    you've just saved your mom from getting her legs crippled!

    Afterwards, read the notes from Lucca's diary if you want, and
    return to the forest by using the Gate. (You can't leave the room,
    the exits are blocked by two pieces of paper...?!). Oh, and if you
    have failed in saving Lucca's mom, the game will just continue as if
    nothing has changed back then.

    You'll find Robo waiting at the red Gate. Talk to him; eventually
    he'll give you a piece of amber he had created during the planting
    of the forest. It's a Green Dream, an accessory that allows the user
    of it being revived one time per battle. Very useful when you're low
    in the levels! (Doesn't carry over in New Game +.)

    Anyhow, this ends this side-quest. Refer to section 3.25.4 if you
    have ended the side-quests and want to end the game via the Black
    Omen, or to section 3.26 if you want to meet Lavos via other ways.


------------------------------------------------------------------------
4.2 - Ozzie's Fort
------------------------------------------------------------------------

  4.2 - Preliminary
  -----------------

    Gaspar: "A fugitive in the Middle Ages, Ozzie, maintains an evil
    hideout..."

    This quest covers, as the name of the chapter states, Ozzie's Fort.
    You can get Magus' ultimate equipment here: if he's one of those you
    use regularly, but if you're low in the levels, you might want to go
    halfway through the fort, get the equipment, then go back and do
    other side-quests. Yeah, thank me later for that wonderful tip!


  4.2.1 - Ozzie's in...a jam!
  ---------------------------

    To find Ozzie's Fort, go to 600 A.D. and go to the right of Magus'
    Lair. There, you'll find a fort surrounded by darkness and forest.
    Or if you're currently in 1000 A.D., just fly above Medina Square,
    go to 600 A.D., and you'll appear right above the fort. And you may
    want to bring Magus with you, he's quite involved with the people in
    the fort, as well as Ayla, to Charm items off them.

    So go inside. Ozzie will greet you, but he'll discover that it's you
    again. He'll leave, follow him. In the next room, Ozzie will call
    Flea. Whip out your sword, because you'll have to fight.

    - Boss: Flea Plus

      This is actually an easy battle, but that's supposed to be. The
      REAL fight is still coming up! So just conserve your magic and
      pound her with physical attacks. You'll defeat it in no time,
      mainly due to the relative low amount of hit points it has.

      Flea Plus has 2500 HP. Upon defeating it, you'll be rewarded with
      2000 experience points, 20 tech points and 2000G. It has nothing
      to steal from.

    After the battle, Flea will escape. In the next room, you'll find
    Ozzie again. With a SWITCH, you know what that means. A pretty funny
    scene, I'd say :). After having made himself look like an idiot, go
    to the next room. There, he'll call Slash, and another battle will
    start.

    - Boss: Super Slash

      Like Flea's battle, this one is easy. Just unleash some physical
      attacks, and you'll be acquiring your experience points before you
      even know it.

      Again, 2500 HP, 2000 experience points, 20 tech points and 2000G.
      Nothing more, nothing less.

    In the next room, you'll find Ozzie, again, and again with a switch.
    There's a chest in this room, but Ozzie guards it with a blade. If
    you go under it, your party will remain with 1 hit point left, so
    don't. Instead, just move on, ignoring the chest and Ozzie, and an
    Imp will come for the rescue. When he's done, open the chest for a
    Full Ether, and do NOT go into the next room yet.

    There's a secret passage in this place. Instead of going through the
    visible passage on the north, search the wall south of it to find a
    secret area. Inside, you'll find Magus' ultimate equipment: a Gloom
    Cape, Gloom Helmet and the Doom Sickle! So if you have Magus in your
    party, be sure to equip him. Also, there's a Magic Tab in the corner
    to the right.

    Now, you can go north to the next room. If you, however, are low in
    the levels and only came here to collect Magus' equipment, I'd say
    that you return now and do some other side-quests, because there's a
    very hard battle coming up. If you decide to continue, just read on.


  4.2.2 - The Infamous Trio
  -------------------------

    Before continuing, be sure to check on equipment and have your hit
    and magic points filled. In the next room, you'll find Ozzie, Slash
    and Flea altogether, who will equip their trademark-items to make
    them invincible. (According to them.) Now, you'll have to fight all
    three of them.

    - Boss: Great Ozzie, Super Slash, Flea Plus

      Don't be fooled by the previous fights with them, as they now, due
      to their unique items, are hard, very hard (which the music also
      indicates), but not impossible to beat. The trio features dual and
      triple techs, of which the triple tech really hurts. It's better
      to take one down as quickly as possible, so the fight becomes much
      easier. Fortunately, none of the three have special defenses.

      In the beginning, Ozzie will sit and do nothing, while Slash just
      attacks with his sword and uses his own version of Slash (tech).
      Flea will only attack by throwing fire, and sometimes uses its
      status-affecting magic. After a while, Ozzie decides to join the
      fight and uses 'Delta Force', the triple tech. That is, if you do
      nothing.

      Because, if you attack them, they will counterattack. Should you
      hit Ozzie, prepare for Delta Force (all). If you hit Slash, you'll
      have to face a dual tech by him and Flea, that looks a lot like
      Fire Sword (single), and attacking Flea will result in the triple
      tech 'Bad Impulse' (single). Only Delta Force is something you'll
      need to watch out for, so don't attack Ozzie.

      They can't use their dual and triple techs when one of them is
      down, so just focus on either Slash or Flea. Don't use target-all
      techs. After one of them is gone, the other one left over will run
      away (so Charm quickly if you haven't done that). Soon, Ozzie will
      be the only one left, just attack since he'll do nothing...

      Great Ozzie has 6000 HP, 2500 experience points, 20 tech points
      and 1000G. Super Slash and Flea Plus have 4000 HP, 2500 experience
      points and 30 tech points. Slash features 2000G, Flea only 1000G.
      If you want them, (Twin) Charm the unique items (Ozzie Pants from
      Ozzie; Slasher 2 from Slash and Flea Vest from Flea).

    After the battle, Ozzie manages to escape (what would you expect).
    Take the Dash Ring and the Sight Cap from the two chests, and follow
    Ozzie. In the next room, you'll fight a similar battle as in Magus'
    castle.

    - Boss: Ozzie

      Like in Magus' castle, just attack the switch behind Ozzie. If you
      attack Ozzie, he'll counterattack with a rather weak target-all
      attack. If you somehow manage to defeat Ozzie (because of the ice-
      barrier, he has VERY high defenses), he won't die, but he'll just
      become a non-selectable opponent.

      Ozzie has 1000 HP, the switch will be switched with any attack.
      You can Charm Ozzie for yet another Ozzie Pants, but the chance
      that you'll get it is lower, so have the Charm Top equipped for
      better results, and/or use Twin Charm.

    Looks like Ozzie has learned from the first encounter, and instead
    of placing the trap under himself, it's now under you. You will,
    strangely enough, fall into the room where you've fought the trio,
    so go north to find Ozzie again.

    Just when the fight begins, a cat will come in and hit the switch to
    the right. Ozzie will then fall into one of his traps, and that is
    where he becomes nothing more than a memory. That means the end of
    this side-quest, but it has changed some stuff in the present.

      QotD: Magus: "Oh, how dreadful. Say, can you hear that? It's the
            sound of the Reaper..."


  4.2.3 - The End of the Grudge (Optional)
  ----------------------------------------

    As you can see in Medina Square, there is no statue of anyone
    anymore. (First, it was a statue of Magus, and after his defeat it
    became one of Ozzie, and since there were no evil Imps planning to
    rule the world, there's peace now!)

    In the Market, talk to the Imp to shop: prices are much lower now!
    See 8.5.22 for a listing. Also, you can sleep in the Inn for 10G.
    Anyhow, this is the end of this side-quest. Refer to section 3.25.4
    if you have ended the side-quests and want to end the game via the
    Black Omen, or to section 3.26 if you want to meet Lavos via other
    ways.


------------------------------------------------------------------------
4.3 - The Genocide Dome
------------------------------------------------------------------------

  4.3 - Preliminary
  -----------------

    Gaspar: "There's a task to be done in the Future, where machinery
    originated."

    This quest covers the past of Robo. Therefore, you will be needing
    Robo in your party. While going through the dome, you'll learn more
    about the origination of machinery, a bit more about Lavos, you'll
    acquire Robo's ultimate weapons, and a whole lot of items (including
    the Blue Mail, if you need one).


  4.3.1 - Geno Dome: A Mysterious Voice
  -------------------------------------

    Geno Dome can be found in the lower-right corner of the World Map.
    Press Select to bring it up. Inside, be sure to have Robo in FRONT
    of the party, then interact with the computer-screen on the left.
    Some unknown voice will then speak, calling Robo Prometheus. It will
    then welcome you, close the door behind you and open the door in
    front. Enter it.

      Note: The voice had also dropped the serial number R-66Y. Strange,
            because when you've met Robo for the first time, he had
            introduced himself as R66-Y.

    The one behind the voice will then test your powers. Now, if you for
    some strange reason want to return, return now and the door to leave
    seems to be open again. Otherwise, step on the huge and long
    conveyor belt to start five consecutive battles, each growing in
    both number and difficulty.

    You will encounter two Debuggests, two Proto 4's, four Debuggests,
    two Proto 4's and two Debuggests, and lastly four Debuggests and two
    Proto 4's. They're worth 8286 experience points, 144 tech points,
    10,200G and a couple of Barriers and Shields: this belt is a nice
    place to level-up.

    After the fights, the voice will kind of challenge you to find him
    or her. In the next area, go to the left, and go up at the first
    passage. Here, you'll witness a Proto 4 going in some kind of pod,
    after which it will electrically charge. The Proto 4 will leave;
    follow it. (You can also fight it, but I assume you don't.)

    The robot will end up going into another pod near the entrance, and
    be doing that, the door left of it will open. It'll go inside, and
    again, follow the robot. Inside, you'll immediately fight the Proto
    4 (unless you've entered the place before the Proto 4 did). When
    you're finished, open the two chests for a Full Tonic and 50,000G,
    which is actually pretty much. Now return to where the Proto 4 has
    charged itself.

    Fight the two remaining enemies. Then, the voice will speak again,
    saying something about humans, who will die out because of Lavos.
    Open the chest in the upper-left corner to get a Full Tonic, then
    start the computer. It'll give you information about Geno Dome, and
    that info is reprinted below, along with my notes.

    - Door: "To open locked doors, simply charge the energy pods beside
      them. Energize first, in the pod to your left, then enter the pod
      next to a locked door." Note that when Robo is charged, the energy
      will wear off after some seconds.

    - Conveyor Belt: "The belt conveyor to the right can be reversed
      with a switch above it." Because the energy will wear off sooner
      or later, you'll need to reverse the belt to win time. (And now
      we're on the subject, if you walk on the belt to the far end of
      it, you'll notice that there's a secret passage in the back!)

    - Guard Machine: "The robot guarding the figurine will block anyone
      that tries to pass. But if you place 2 guards in front of each
      other, they will short circuit. Return the broken guard to the
      room upstairs."

    - Doll: "You must obtain the 2 figurines on this floor to fight the
      Mother Brain. Do not leave with them." I'll just call them 'Poyozo
      Dolls' again, for the sake of understandability, and because that
      sounds mighty.


  4.3.2 - Find the Figurines
  --------------------------

    The first goal is to get the two Poyozo Dolls. You can get them in
    any order, but I assume you get the one guarded by the robot first.
    Go to the lower-right area and fight the two Debuggests. Then, go
    up. Here's the previously mentioned Guard Machine. It will block the
    way to the Poyozo Doll wherever you walk, so don't waste your time
    trying to pass it. Instead, let's find another guard to let them
    short circuit.

    Go all the way to the right. There's a Debuggest here (if you fight
    it, you'll fight three of them). In the lower-right corner, there's
    a sparkling dot. If you use it (the 'Dust Chute'), you'll return to
    the beginning of the dome and you'll have to start all over again.

      Note: If you want to level-up quickly, use this opportunity to go
            back and fight the many enemies on the conveyor belt again.
            This is one of, if not THE best place to level-up quickly,
            but once you defeat the final boss in this area, you can't
            come back.

    Anyway, go into the room nearest to where the Debuggest is (or was),
    and use the lift. When you come out, you can see a Save Point; don't
    forget to use it. Instead of going down (which we'll do later), go
    through the steel door. In the lower-right corner is a Power Tab,
    don't forget it. Just go up, and the voice will talk again; it seems
    that the voice holds a grudge against humans.

    Fight the two Proto 4's and the two Laser Guards. Then, enter the
    door, use the lift, and go out. There's a hidden passage in the wall
    to the left, go through it. While going through it, be sure to grab
    the VERY well-hidden Magic Tab; there's a hidden passage in the
    hidden passage!

      Note: Here's how to get it: from the entrance to the right, press
            and hold up and left. When you hit the wall, release left,
            then release up. The Magic Tab is to the left of you. (Due
            to some bug in the programming, you can also get it via
            other ways, but this is easier to describe and to follow.)

    Once you have it, move on and hit the switch to reverse the conveyor
    belt. Return to the door and go down. Fight the two Laser Guards,
    (if you didn't know about the hidden passage a Proto 4 will show it
    for you and join the battle) and flip the other switch to remove the
    laser beam. Go all the way to the left and hit another switch to
    release the safety lock on the pod.

    On your way back to the energizing pod, enter the steel door to find
    two chests and three Proto 4's inside. The chests contain an Elixir
    and a Lapis; nearing the lower chest will start a fight. Now, return
    to the pod. The hard part is that you will now have to go from the
    pod to the other pod as fast as possible. So when you witness the
    first beams of electricity around Robo, quickly RUN like Ozzie (i.e.
    as fast as you can) to the other side of the area and quickly get
    into the pod. There's enough time to do this.

    Inside the small room, you'll find the guard you were looking for,
    as well as two chests containing a Full Ether and an Hyper Ether.
    Touch the guard and it'll start to follow you. Now walk slowly back
    to the guard you want to get rid of. Since the guard tends to get
    stuck A LOT, have patience.

    When you're at the Guard Machine, bump into it a couple of times
    until it's stuck. Then, you can freely take the Vigil Hat from the
    chest, as well as the first Poyozo Doll!

    Now, for the second doll, which is easier to get. Go to the upper-
    left area and head north from there. Fight the four Laser Guards and
    go to the area in the back. There are three panels here: switch the
    first and the last one so that only the middle one is green. This
    will open the pod next to the door to the doll.

    Now return to the energizing pod. Charge Robo, and go to the other
    pod. Place Robo in it and claim the Poyozo Doll inside the room. If
    you wait a couple of seconds, a Speed Tab will appear on the green
    platform. Take it.


  4.3.3 - Atropos and the Mother Brain
  ------------------------------------

    Use the lift near the Dust Chute. Be sure to use the Save Point, and
    go down and fight the two Laser Guards. Open the chest in the lower-
    right corner for a Lapis. Then, go to the left. A pink robot, which
    Robo recognizes as Atropos, will then appear. Like the voice you've
    been hearing before, this one also has a grudge against humans. When
    it starts to get messy, Robo wants to fight her alone.

    - Boss: Atropos XR

      Although you're on your own, this battle isn't something to worry
      about. Atropos' attacks include, well, Robo's attacks. However,
      Atropos' versions of them are weak. It's just a matter of trading
      hits (show her who's the boss) and healing when your hit points
      get VERY low. Atropos explodes once she's defeated, but that won't
      do much damage.

      In this order, she'll use Rocket Punch (weak), Cure Beam (restores
      300 hit points), Laser Spin (weak), Atropos Tackle (halves your
      hit points), Cure Beam, Uzzi Punch (medium), and after that, she
      decides to use Area Bomb repeatedly. After doing that six times,
      she, well, dies. Strange.

      Atropos XR has 6000 HP.

    After the battle, Atropos' memory seems to be restored a bit and she
    isn't that bad after all. However, she was damaged too badly to be
    restored again, so I guess this is the last you'll see of her. Just
    before she disappears, though, she'll give Robo her ribbon which
    gets plugged into him. This will up Robo's speed by 3 and his magic
    defense by 10, permanently.

    North of you is an entrance blocked by a laser. To hit the switch,
    let Robo face the switch and dash into it. Inside, you'll find a
    Mega Elixir and a Magic Tab.

    Continue to the rest of the dome. Go down the first ladder you see,
    follow the path and open the chest on the left for 15,000G. Then, go
    through the door to discover something horrifying: a machine is busy
    reducing the human-population here. Unfortunately, this can't be
    stopped right now: the main computer has to be destroyed first. Go
    through the door in the lower-right, open the chest to get a Full
    Ether, and return.

    On the bridge again, fight the six Laser Guards. After that, go up
    to fight another six of them. When you're finished, interact with
    each of the pedestals to place the Poyozo Dolls on them, to open the
    large gate. (You may want to return and save now.) Onwards, you'll
    find the Mother Brain, the one who had made both Robo and Atropos.
    She will offer Robo to join her again, but Robo refuses and starts a
    fight.

    - Boss: Mother Brain

      The Mother Brain (the head) is your target here. Behind her are
      three Displays, who will heal her frequently for about 1000 hit
      points. So, you'll have to get rid of those Displays first if you
      want to inflict damage.

      The trick here is NOT to delete all of the Displays; if you do so,
      Mother Brain will increase her attack AND defense power every
      round. Not only that, she'll start using a target-all explosion
      quite frequently. Get rid of TWO Displays first, then unleash with
      strong dual or triple techs (be sure not to use target-all spells)
      and not forgetting to cure when hit points get low. Be sure to use
      a Heal when you get inflicted by Chaos (otherwise you may hit the
      last Display).

      Or do it the easy way: cast Boogie (dual tech, Robo and Ayla) to
      inflict Stop on all Displays. The head won't get healed AND won't
      increase attack and defense. And now that you have Ayla in your
      party, why don't you use Charm a couple of times!

      Another strategy, which is faster but only recommended for those
      high in the levels, is to use the most powerful techs (*Luminaire,
      *Flare, etc.) repeatedly. If you're successful, the Mother Brain
      will go down in few rounds. If you're not successful, you should
      go for the first strategy.

      The Mother Brain has 5000 HP, the Displays have 1 HP each. For
      defeating the Mother Brain, you'll receive 3000 experience points,
      40 tech points and 3000G. You can Charm a Blue Mail off the head,
      and three Elixirs off the Displays.

    After defeating the Mother Brain, Robo will get the Terra Arm and
    the Crisis Arm, his ultimate weapons. All systems in the dome are
    shut down, so you can't enter it anymore for this play-through. This
    ends Robo's side-quest. Refer to section 3.25.4 if you have ended
    the side-quests and want to end the game via the Black Omen, or to
    section 3.26 if you want to meet Lavos via other ways.


------------------------------------------------------------------------
4.4 - The Sun Stone
------------------------------------------------------------------------

  4.4 - Preliminary
  -----------------

    Gaspar: "And there's a very special stone that can shine its light
    on each generation, from the distant past to the far future..."

    This one is like Ozzie's side-quest: easy to follow, but with a very
    hard boss which may add some duration to the quest. Be sure to bring
    Fire-protective armor with you (Red Mail, Taban Suit, Ruby Armor,
    etc.). You'll acquire Lucca's ultimate weapon here, as well as a
    Black Mail (if you need it).

    But what's this side-quest all about? Well, do you remember the
    woman in Algetty? She said that a Moon Stone placed in a sunlit spot
    for millennia, becomes a Sun Stone. The kingdom of Zeal had such a
    stone; before the Mammon Machine, it was the source of the kingdom's
    power.


  4.4.1 - The Moon Stone
  ----------------------

    To find the Sun Palace, just fly to Porre in 600 A.D. or 1000 A.D.,
    then switch to 2300 A.D. to find the Sun Palace. Be sure to save,
    then go in. There's a shining dot at the far side of the area, and
    nearing it will start a battle. Check up on equipment, and fight...

    - Boss: Son of Sun

      Highly recommended is to wear lots of Fire-protective armor (Red
      Mail, Red Vest, Ruby Armor). There are six targets: the core in
      the middle (i.e. Son of Sun), and the five flames surrounding it.
      One of the flames is 'real', the others are fake. DON'T attack the
      Son of Sun, that will only result in a Flare counterattack.

      The key to winning this battle is to find out which flame is real
      and attack that one. If you attack a fake flame, you'll face a
      'Flame Counterattack'. If you hit the right flame, you'll damage
      the core. However, the core will frequently use 'Roulette Shuffle'
      that forces you into finding the real flame again. Then, repeat.
      Oh, and only use physical attacks, NOT techs.

      The Son of Sun follows a pattern. It starts the battle by using
      Roulette Shuffle. After that, it'll use Flare, and then a laser-
      attack, and repeat. If you have equipped all of your party members
      with Fire-ABSORBING armor (two Red Mails, of which one was stolen
      from Rust Tyrano, and one Red Vest), then you're invincible and
      this battle is a piece of cake. Just use a weak target-all attack
      to see which flame doesn't counterattack. If you have Magus, you
      can use Black Hole to get rid of two flames, so there are only
      three left.

      The Son of Sun (core) is worth 2100 HP, the flames surrounding it
      have 30,000 HP. You'll acquire 3800 experience points, 40 tech
      points and 2000G when victorious. You can Charm a Black Mail from
      the core, but prepare for a Flare counterattack. You can Charm an
      Elixir from each flame, but don't bother doing that as it's hard
      to keep track of which flame you've already stolen from.

    After you defeat him, he'll open up a path. Follow him, and acquire
    the Sun Stone. It seems that there's no energy in it left (i.e. it's
    a Moon Stone), and the party will decide to recharge it. Of course,
    that will take some time, so head for the prehistoric era.

    Fly to the isolated island northwest of the World Map (press Select
    to see it) and land the Epoch there. Go inside, and go north to find
    the sun's favorite spot, where the sun shines 24 hours a day. Place
    the Moon Stone in it, and return to the same place but then about
    65.2167 million years later in 2300 A.D.


  4.4.2 - The Lost Stone
  ----------------------

    It's not here! According to the lead character in the party, it
    seems that the stone's gone for quite a while now. Head in the year
    1000 A.D. to the exact same place.

    It isn't here either, but this might be the era where it's been
    taken away... To be sure, let's check if the stone is still there in
    the Middle Ages (600 A.D.).

    Fortunately, the stone is still here. To the left of you is also a
    Power Tab, be sure to grab it. Anyway, go back to 1000 A.D., since
    the stone was taken there.

    Fly to Porre. You'll notice that the Mayor's Manor is shining, so
    that must be the place where the stone is located. Inside, though,
    nobody seems to have heard of a Moon Stone. Obviously, the mayor is
    lying, so we'll have to find a way to let him give us the stone.

    Go to the Snail Stop, east of the Mayor's Manor. Talk to the clerk
    and buy the Jerky for 9900G. Although that may be a high price for
    a Jerky, it's the BEST (echo) Jerky in town. You will be rewarded,
    so just buy it.

    In the Elder's House (Porre, 600 A.D.), talk to the woman standing
    by the kitchen (if that's how you want to call it). She'll notice
    you having some Jerky. Now, you have the chance to sell it to her
    for 10,000G or to give it away. DO NOT sell it, but BE NICE and give
    it for free. She'll say that she's going to learn her kids the value
    of sharing; maybe this will affect the future mayors? Let us find
    out.

    Yes, it seems that everything has changed now. Talk to the mayor and
    he'll be nice to give you the Moon Stone for free! Now, it's time to
    return the stone to the Sun Keep. Place it on the sunlit spot, and
    travel to the future.


  4.4.3 - The Sun Stone
  ---------------------

    The Moon Stone has turned into a Sun Stone now, with an incredible
    amount of energy. Have the brains in your party and let her witness
    it. Lucca thinks she can make some good stuff with this, and the
    game will automatically switch over to Lucca's house.

    Lucca will make the most powerful gun she can wield: the Wonder
    Shot. Also, Taban will come in and give you the Sun Shades, which he
    had also made using the stone.

      Note: Lucca's attack power with the Wonder Shot will randomly be
            multiplied by 1/10, 1/2, 1, 2 or 3, meaning you'll randomly
            do one tenth of the expected damage, half, normal damage,
            twice or thrice as much. With the Sun Shades, you'll do 125
            percent damage. Neat!

    If you've finished the Rainbow Shell-quest, you can also make other
    neat equipment here with the power of the Sun Stone and the Rainbow
    Shell combined. Check out the sixth side-quest (4.6.5) for more
    information about this.


------------------------------------------------------------------------
4.5 - Cyrus' Ghost
------------------------------------------------------------------------

  4.5 - Preliminary
  -----------------

    Gaspar: "There's the ghost of a lofty knight, slain by Magus in the
    Middle Ages, who haunts the present..."

    Cyrus was the good old friend of Glenn. However, when fighting Magus
    somewhere, Cyrus got killed and Glenn was turned into what Frog now
    is. In this quest, you'll 'acquire' Frog's ultimate weapon, as well
    as the ultimate weapon of Marle and some other stuff.


  4.5.1 - The Lost Tools
  ----------------------

    If you want to sleep, you can do that in Choras Inn (600 A.D.) for
    10G. If you are looking for items, check out the Market, but you
    won't find any weapon or armor there. See 8.5.23 for a list.

    Go to the Cafe. There, talk to the soda-guzzling man; he'll tell you
    that his tools were stolen so he can't continue with work. You can
    also talk to Toma at the bar, but since that belongs to another
    side-quest, we'll do that later.

    Go to Choras Inn in 1000 A.D. (it seems that the cafe and the Inn
    have merged since 600 A.D.). Here, talk to the descendant of the
    soda-guzzler. He'll tell you that he has the tools you're looking
    for, but since he's busy, you'll have to get them at his wife.

    So go to his Residence. There, talk to the woman and she'll give you
    the Tools you need. Now that you have them, return to Choras in 600
    A.D. to the Cafe. Or if you need items first, go to the Market (see
    8.5.24 for a listing).

    In the Cafe, talk to the soda-guzzler and give him the Tools. He'll
    get back to work. Follow him to his Residence. There, talk to him
    and he'll say that he's going to start repairing the Northern Ruins.


  4.5.2 - The Northern Ruins
  --------------------------

    Inside, the man and his workers will tell you that they cannot work
    further because of the monsters. You'll have to reduce the monster-
    population in the ruins first, then give a shout again. From inside
    the building, you can either go left and right; we'll go left first.

    Defeat the two Sentries here, then continue. Here are another two of
    them. DON'T get the Hyper Ether from the chest, we'll get it later.
    And since the path here is blocked, return. You will have to fight
    four Sentries on the way back (prepare for MP Busters). In the right
    wing, defeat all three Defuncts, and a number of Reapers that will
    join them. Now, return to the carpenter's house.

    Talk to the man. He'll then ask you if you want the Northern Ruins
    repaired, but it'll cost you 2000G. Pay the money, then head back to
    the ruins.

    Of course, they're already finished, but there are still spots where
    they can't repair because of the enemies. Now, follow the left wing
    and you'll end up at Cyrus' grave. Be sure to have Frog in your
    party, and examine the grave. Cyrus' ghost will appear, and you'll
    have to witness a short scene between the two. After they're done,
    Frog's spirit will be revealed after which the Masamune will upgrade
    to a more powerful Masamune!


  4.5.3 - The Hero's Grave (Optional)
  -----------------------------------

    Actually, we're done with this side-quest. However, there are still
    some more things you can get. Return to the carpenter's home.

    What a swindler. Actually, you could just return to his house, while
    not having visited Cyrus' ghost. He now wants to have another 2000G
    to repair. Heck, just pay the money, you will be rewarded anyway.

    Go to the Northern Ruins. Instead of going to the left, go to the
    right. Explore all the rooms in the back. If it's a regular chest,
    DON'T open it yet. If it's a sealed chest, then let the pendant
    interact with it but DON'T get the item inside. Then, go through the
    door in the middle path.

    On your way, you'll meet two Reapers, as well as some Defuncts that
    come with Bases. Note that if a battle with a Defunct and a Base
    takes a while, they'll merge to form a more powerful Departed, so
    watch out! After defeating the last monsters in this place, go to
    the far side in the hall to find another two sealed chests. Again,
    let the pendant react with them, but DON'T take the items inside.

    Head for the Northern Ruins in 1000 A.D., which is now called the
    Hero's Grave. Go to Cyrus' grave. Is the entrance blocked by some
    huge ghost?

      Note: If you haven't met Cyrus in 600 A.D., then he cannot rest in
            peace, which means that he now haunts the present. If that's
            the case, he'll be here blocking the way to his grave, and
            he's undefeatable! (Well, not really, but never mind that.)
            So, return to the Middle Ages and do the necessary stuff.

    Probably not, so move on. On your way, take the Hyper Ether from the
    chest (unless you've already taken that 400 years ago). At the place
    where the grave is, there's now a Magic Tab, be sure to grab that.

    In the right wing of the ruins, explore the rooms once more to get
    an Elixir from the regular chest (unless it's gone), and the Moon
    Armor (if upgraded from the Nova Armor) from the sealed chest. In
    the hall, open the other two sealed chests to receive a Shiva Edge
    (if upgraded from Kali Blade) for Crono, and Marle's ultimate bow,
    the Valkerye (if upgraded from Siren)!

    You can now return and loot the 'old' items! In the left wing, there
    is still an Hyper Ether. In the right wing, an Elixir, Nova Armor,
    Kali Blade and Siren are waiting for you.

    Wait, we're not done. Have Frog in the lead, then go to the Denadoro
    Mountains. Go through the place until you find a Free Lancer that's
    throwing rocks at you. Frog will then catch one of those, and it'll
    become the Gold Rock, which enables Marle, Robo and Frog to do the
    triple tech Grand Dream!

    Refer to section 3.25.4 if you have ended the side-quests and want
    to end the game via the Black Omen, or to section 3.26 if you want
    to meet Lavos via other ways. That's that.


------------------------------------------------------------------------
4.6 - The Quest for the Rainbow Shell
------------------------------------------------------------------------

  4.6 - Preliminary
  -----------------

    Gaspar: "There's an object in the Middle Ages that sparkles like a
    rainbow..."

    Just as the title says, we're going to search for the Rainbow Shell.
    It's a long quest, but it will be rewarding! This quest is also very
    loosely connected with the quest for the Sun Stone, as that stone is
    going to be used in combination with the Rainbow Shell to forge some
    incredible stuff! You can also get the Red Mail and White Mail here,
    but those are not as important.


  4.6.1 - Toma Levine (Optional)
  ------------------------------

    Speak to Toma in the Choras Cafe, he's the one drinking at the bar.
    He'll tell you that he's found out more about the Rainbow Shell.
    He'll then give you Toma's Pop, something that he wants you to pour
    on his grave after his death. So let's do that! Oh, and if he does
    not appear here at all (some old guy will be sitting there then),
    you've already spoken to him earlier, most likely in the previous
    side-quest.

    Travel to 1000 A.D. and you'll notice the West Cape, northeast of
    Choras village. That's Toma's grave. Inspect the gravestone, and the
    one in lead will pour Toma's Pop on it. Soon after that, Toma's
    ghost will appear, telling you that he has found the Rainbow Shell.
    Northwest of this cape is an island called the Giant's Claw, so that
    is our next goal!

    Before going, though, first examine the back of the gravestone. You
    can find a Speed Tab there! Now, off to the Giant's Claw (which is
    in 600 A.D.).


  4.6.2 - The Tyrano Lair
  -----------------------

    Go to the isolated island northwest of where Toma's grave is going
    to be. There, enter the mountain via the opening. If you haven't
    poured the pop over the grave, there is no opening nor the name
    'Giant's Claw', but you can still enter. (That's why the previous
    part was 'optional'.)

    Inside, read Toma's crumpled note for a hint. Then, go south into
    the entrance. You'll notice that you've arrived in a very familiar
    place: it's actually the Tyrano Lair, but then buried beneath the
    land! You can sit on the empty chair for fun (useless). Oh, and if
    you haven't opened the chests a good while ago, then open them now
    for a Cera Topper and Mid Ether.

    Work your way through the hall. To the left is a chest with a Sight
    Cap, but nearing it will invite a Gigasaur and two Leapers. Like in
    the prehistoric ages, use Lightning for best results, but watch out
    for a one-time counterattack from the Gigasaur. Also, you can Charm
    a Ruby Armor from the Gigasaur if you need it. After defeating the
    monsters and getting the item, go to the right.

    You'll have to fight three Lizardactyls. This time, don't use any
    Lightning-spell unless you want to heal them. After defeating them,
    head into the entrance. Here's another familiar room; first step on
    the upper switch, then save, then step on the lower-left one and
    laugh at a cat that falls into the hole. The last switch invites two
    Fossil Apes, if you don't want to fight them then leave that switch
    untouched. (If you haven't taken it way back before, find a Full
    Ether in the room behind the skull.)

    Now, just like you could've read in Toma's note, jump into one of
    the holes on purpose. (If you've laughed at the Fossil Apes falling
    into the holes before, then they're now laughing at you because you
    will now have to fight them.) Step on the left switch to open the
    giant skull's mouth, leading to a Power Tab, step on the right one
    to invite three Leapers.

    In the next area, climb down the first ladder you see. Go to the far
    right to find another Power Tab, then to the far left to find a
    chest with a Full Ether. Return and continue. Beware: if you stay
    close to the large hole at the corner, you're going to fight two
    Fossil Apes. And when nearing the exit, if you stay in the middle of
    the road, you're going to fight a Fossil Ape and two Leapers. Before
    leaving, take note of a chest with a Blue Rock hidden in the upper-
    right corner.

    Ignore the ladder that leads off the screen, since it'll only take
    you to a broken ladder which brings you back to the beginning.
    Instead, climb the ladder south. From there, immediately go to the
    left and open the well-hidden chest, containing a Zodiac Cape. Equip
    it if you need to, and go to the lower-right to find a chest with a
    Lapis. Search for the passage to the left and enter the next area.

    There, the first things you'll notice are the two Leapers guarding
    the path. You can fight them; doing so will also invite a Fossil Ape
    to join the battle. However, you can also get rid of them. To do
    that, walk left of the left fire-pillar so they won't notice you,
    then touch them from the back. To continue, enter the left skull, as
    the right one is closed.

    Another familiar place. It's an intersection, with two enemies and
    two switches. Stepping on a switch will drop the nearby Fossil Ape
    down into the prison below. To continue, you can either take the
    left or the right path. Left is the way to go first. There, take the
    Frenzy Band (80 percent counterattack rate!), and go back to take
    the right path.

    Here are two Rubbles. Defeat them for massive tech points, and go
    into the next room. If you haven't opened the left chest when this
    was still a Tyrano Lair), do that now for a Full Tonic. Then, open
    the right one to fall into a trap. (Yes, you will have to do that to
    continue.)

    You'll fall in the prison. If you've sent the Fossil Apes down here
    before, then you fortunately won't have to fight them now. When you
    leave the prison, first go to the left. Go up the stairs and take
    the Power Tab, then return. Go down the other path, going back to
    the cell where Kino was imprisoned once ago.


  4.6.3 - The Rainbow Shell
  -------------------------

    There's a Save Point, use it! Then, head into the new path from
    inside Kino's cell (also get the Mid Ether if you didn't take that
    before). You'll find another Tyrano here, this time it's the Rust
    Tyrano. Walk right of it to start a fight.

    - Boss: Rust Tyrano

      This is actually a very easy battle, the only bad thing is the
      Rust Tyrano's high amount of hit points. As the Black Tyrano did,
      this one will count down from five to zero, meanwhile doing no
      attacks (except for a roar, your characters will gradually lose
      hit points, which is nothing). When it hits zero, the Tyrano will
      do a powerful Fire-attack, as well as a two of eat-and-spit-out
      attacks that also heals him.

      After every round, Tyrano decides to up his Fire-power, so watch
      out for his next Fire-attack. Also, the next countdowns are much
      faster than before: the second countdown goes faster, the third
      count starts at three, the fourth and fifth count start at one
      (although he won't use eat-and-spit-out attacks), and from six on,
      the countdown starts at five again. However, since he ups his Fire
      every round, he would probably have knocked you out by then.

      If you don't do stupid things (such as using very weak attacks or
      waiting too long), don't fear him. If you were smart, you have
      some Fire-absorbing or -blocking armor. If you have those, be sure
      to have them equipped. Also, when attacking the Tyrano, be sure to
      only use your most powerful attacks (*Luminaire, *Flare, etc.),
      because you'll want to defeat him as fast as possible.

      Rust in pieces. The Rust Tyrano can sustain a lot of damage with
      his 25,000 HP. For defeating him, you'll obtain 3800 experience
      points, 40 tech points and 2000G. You can also Charm him for a Red
      Mail.

    Once he's finished, you can finally head north and witness the
    beauty of the Rainbow Shell. However, it does seem to be a very huge
    thing, so you three cannot bring it with you. Someone in your party
    may then suggest to get help from the Knights of Guardia, who are
    our next stop. When leaving, the screen fades and fortunately, you
    will automatically be taken to Guardia Castle.

    The King agrees to help you and asks the Knight Captain to find the
    Rainbow Shell. He'll keep it in his castle as a treasure, until the
    next era. Now, having in your mind that the shell is in good hands,
    leave and use the Epoch to go to the same place in the present.

      QotD: Leene: "I ask for the sake of Magus. Please carry out their
            request." (Yes, this is quite odd.)

    Yes, you can return to the Giant's Claw. However, the only thing
    that you'll see is the Knight Captain along with a couple of Knights
    trying to lift the Rainbow Shell. Let's see if they will succeed by
    going to Guardia Castle in 1000 A.D.


  4.6.4 - The Trial, Part Two
  ---------------------------

    Before entering the castle, be sure to have Marle in your party.
    Otherwise, you can't enter. Inside, the Chancellor will inform Marle
    about what's happened when Marle was still young. (He'll say that
    Marle's mother, Aliza, was almost dying. She wanted to see the King
    one last time, but he couldn't find the time to visit her, which
    means that the King indirectly killed her.)

    After that, you'll regain control over your party. Talk to the
    soldiers to become aware that the King is on trial for selling the
    Rainbow Shell! So, it seems he's actually a dirty criminal! But of
    course, we don't believe it, and we're going to find out what's
    really going on here. All paths are blocked by soldiers, except for
    the hall. Follow the left entrance, going up.

    On your way upstairs, you can find a chest with an Hyper Ether and a
    locked chest. In the end, you'll see two soldiers guarding the door
    to the trial. Find them, Marle will then 'talk' her way in. Inside,
    the King seems to know about nothing: he claims that the Chancellor
    is framing him. Then, you come in. However, there's nothing you can
    do, as you'll need proof first.

    To proof the King's innocence, you'll need to show the jury that the
    Rainbow Shell is still in the castle. Marle suggests it's in the
    basement, so let's find it! Upon entering, you'll find a guard which
    seems to be knocked out by a rat. Regardless, you can enter, and you
    will notice two Gnashers! While eavesdropping, you'll find out that
    this IS all set up, and a fight with the two will start. Of course,
    the enemies are way too easy, so you shouldn't have trouble with
    them.

    Meanwhile, the hearing is still in process, so hurry! Defeat the
    Naga-ette and Gnasher, then take the Lapis, Elixir and Hyper Ether
    from the three chests. The other two are blocked, so you can't get
    them. Onwards, you'll find various enemies trying to block the hall.
    In the end, take another Elixir, Hyper Ether and Lapis from three
    chests.

    Then, witness yet again the beauty from the Rainbow Shell (you have
    to have Marle in your party). There's a letter on the shell. After
    reading it, Marle will pin a Prism Shard off the shell to use it as
    proof. Now, return to the prosecution room. The guards will not let
    you enter now, but Marle knows of an alternate method to enter.

    Meanwhile, the judge will find the King guilty, and they're about to
    take him away. However, Marle will then jump through the glass wall
    in the back (check out that Chancellor's mouth again!), showing the
    piece of the Rainbow Shell. Then, he'll reveal what's going on: he's
    a descendant of Yakra! And he's here for revenge...

    - Boss: Yakra XIII

      He's back, he's still bad, and he's more ugly than ever. Actually,
      this is just a powered-up version of the Yakra you've fought some
      time earlier. However, he's been upgrading his NeedleSpin for the
      last 400 years: that is the real threat! To defeat him, read the
      notes below and fire off some powerful techs, not forgetting to
      heal.

      This fight is divided in two parts. In the first part, he'll only
      use 'Drrrrrooooo...', which is so weak that you can laugh at it.
      He also uses 'Blizzard', which inflicts Chaos. That's about it.

      Once you lower his hit points down to 9000 or less, he'll start
      using more powerful attacks: mostly 'NeedleSpin: Version 13!', and
      sometimes Blizzard or his Drrrrrooooo...-attack (which this time
      is a NeedleSpin-attack that hits all of you). These stand equal to
      pain if you're not careful. Don't use Lightning or you'll regret
      it (he has the White Mail equipped).

      Yakra XIII has 18,000 HP. You'll receive 3500 experience points,
      40 tech points, 2000G, and a Mega Elixir for defeating him. If you
      happen to have Ayla with you, you can Charm him for a White Mail;
      Charm again for another Mega Elixir.

    After the battle, Yakra will drop something, but you aren't able to
    get it now. Instead, the King will come in. After the sentimental
    scene where Marle and her father make up, you'll find yourself in
    the throne room. There, Melchior will come in, saying he's going to
    make some weapons for you! Before we visit him, though, we're first
    going to get that thing dropped in the prosecution room.


  4.6.5 - Final Touches (Optional)
  --------------------------------

    Remember the chest that was locked earlier on? Well, here's the
    Yakra Key! Use it to open the chest, freeing the Chancellor. Then,
    he'll leave, going to prepare for the Moonlight Parade. This will
    slightly change an ending.

    Now, go to Melchior. He's in the room of the Rainbow Shell. Talk to
    him, and he'll offer to make some equipment for you. You can choose
    between a Prism Dress or three Prism Helmets. I suggest to go with
    the dress, as that's far more useful. Note that you can get both of
    the items by Charming a boss, so if you do that this doesn't really
    matter.

    If you happen to have done the quest for the Sun Stone, talk to him
    again and he'll open his bag of tricks for you! He'll make you the
    Prism Specs, which is a very powerful accessory indeed, and the
    Rainbow, Crono's ultimate weapon! The Prism Specs will make you do
    150% damage, be it physical or magical. This is good.

    Wait, we're not done. There are still some more items in the castle,
    so let's get them. From the throne room, follow the left path to the
    King's room. On your way up, there's a chest with an Elixir (and a
    sealed chest, but you've probably already opened that). In the room,
    there's a chest with a Full Ether. On your way to the Queen's room,
    there's an Hyper Ether, and a Mega Elixir in the room. You can also
    go to the kitchen to order some food, just like in 600 A.D.! Here's
    what they have:

      Refresh bread     - recovers magic points
      Power roast       - recovers hit points
      Crono special     - recovers hit and magic points

    Anyhow, this is the end of this side-quest. Refer to section 3.25.4
    if you have ended the side-quests and want to end the game via the
    Black Omen, or to section 3.26 if you want to meet Lavos via other
    ways.


========================================================================
5. Endings
========================================================================

  5. Notes
  --------

    Here's a complete list of the endings that can be acquired in the
    game. I'm including every 'real' ending, and what the variations (if
    any) on them are. Not included are 'bad endings', like that one when
    you lose the game by getting defeated by Lavos.

    MAJOR SPOILERS!

    You were warned.


  5.1 - Beyond Time
  -----------------

    You'll get this ending by defeating Lavos after preventing Crono's
    death. So, right after Gaspar tells you about the side-quests. This
    ending will unlock New Game + (see 7.1.1), if you've defeated Lavos
    after going through the Black Omen.

    The ending will start just like the game has started, but instead a
    soldier will wake you up. (If you've gotten them, you'll also see a
    clone and a Poyozo Doll.) The screen will switch over to the throne
    room in Guardia Castle, where the King pretends to be upset, but
    then it seems he knows all about Crono saving the past, present and
    future! (If you've saved the Chancellor from the chest, he will be
    here. If you've not, it'll be Pierre.)

    Several characters (Doan from 2300 A.D., King Guardia from 600 A.D.
    and Kino from 65,000,000 B. C.) will appear. Of course, Lucca was
    behind this. Marle will realize that these characters are her
    ancestors and descendants, after which they'll go to the Moonlight
    Parade. There, after the polonaise, you'll gain control over Crono
    and Marle. You can talk to the various people here, but go to the
    Telepod's place to continue. (If you've saved Lara from getting her
    legs crippled, during the quest to save the forest, then she'll be
    standing instead of sitting.)

    There, everyone leaves through the Gate. (If you recruited Magus,
    then he'll show up. If you didn't, then, well, he won't show up.
    Speaking of Magus, if Frog defeated Magus at North Cape alone, then
    he'll be here in his human-form.) Once everyone is gone, your cat(s)
    will appear and jump into the Gate. Your mom will go after them, but
    the Gate closes soon after that... Notice Crono being happy :). (The
    number of cats depends on the number of cats you had. They are all
    the same color.)

    A soldier will come in and say that the King asks for Marle. So, go
    to the King. He'll introduce Nadia's Bell to replace Leene's Bell,
    but Marle seems not to have time and leaves. Taban fires off some
    fireworks, after which the credits roll. You'll see the Epoch flying
    and visiting many places, and after a while, 'The End' appears.

    Note that if you've used the Epoch to break into Lavos' shell (i.e.
    the Epoch isn't here anymore), the cats won't escape and jump into
    the Gate. Instead, Crono and Marle will place Nadia's Bell, but the
    balloons let them float away. The credits will roll with Crono and
    Marle flying above the village.


  5.2 - Reunion
  -------------

    You'll acquire this ending by defeating Lavos after Crono's death,
    and before restoring him back to life. Again, this will unlock New
    Game +, but only if you've defeated Lavos after going through the
    Black Omen.

    Your party, excluding Crono of course, will appear at the End of
    Time. Marle and Lucca will wake up, talk to the old man to continue.
    The others will wake up too. Talk to them. Marle wants to go back in
    time and save Crono, but the others don't seem to be interested! At
    the pillars, everyone will leave, and Gaspar realizes he's forgotten
    to give them the Time Egg...

    Anyway, you (Marle) will find yourself at the Moonlight Parade. It's
    exactly the same as the first ending, so see above. Head for the
    Telepod. Lucca's there, and while talking, a Gate opens up and your
    other party members, and Gaspar, appear. It seems Gaspar knows how
    to bring back Crono, and they leave again.

    Marle doesn't go with them because the King asks for her presence.
    Marle doesn't have time, and heads off to find Crono, just like in
    the previous ending.

    Note that if you've used the Epoch to crush into Lavos, some things
    in this ending will be changed. In the second screen, talk to all of
    your party members, then go to the Telepod's place. Lucca seems to
    have tinkered with the Telepod, and Gaspar appears. Well, everyone's
    here to return Crono. The King asks for Marle's presence, who helps
    to place Nadia's Bell. As you might expect, the balloons carry Marle
    off. She lands near Death Peak's tree, and after the credits have
    rolled, you'll see Crono coming in the distance. Marle runs towards
    him, and the screen fades black...


  5.3 - The Dream Project
  -----------------------

    There are two ways to get this ending. For the first one, you have
    to be in a New Game +. Right at the beginning, when Lucca shows her
    invention, there's a shining dot on the RIGHT pod of the Telepod. If
    you use it, you can fight it. You can fight it with Marle, but it's
    also possible to assault him alone. The other way is to defeat Lavos
    at the Ocean Palace, where Lavos was supposed to kill Crono. You,
    fortunately, won't have to fight the mimics.

    Now this is an ending you'll definitely want to see. You'll end up
    at the End of Time with whatever party you had when fighting Lavos
    (most likely Crono and Marle). If you talk to Gaspar, you'll notice
    that this is the development room of the game, and that you should
    talk to everyone to hear what the developers of the game have to say
    to you. So, let's do that!

    I'm not going to write down and spoil everything for you, just see
    for yourself who says what. Note that you can jump in the place
    where the Epoch is supposed to be to find two more people. Once you
    have spoken to (almost) all people, talk to Gaspar again and he'll
    open the door to the Dream Team. Enter.

    Inside is the main staff of the game. Talk to everyone, and after
    that, they'll give you the shortest credits I've ever seen. The
    words 'The End' will then appear.


  5.4 - The Successor of Guardia
  ------------------------------

    Use the Telepod as soon as you return from your first visit to 600
    A.D.; thus after saving Leene from Yakra. Do it before the trial
    takes place. You have to be in a New Game +, and Lavos can only be
    fought with Crono and Marle.

    After defeating Lavos, you'll return to Leene Square with Crono and
    Marle. However, the people there are acting kind of strange (saying
    things like, "Princess! Wearing our disguise again, are we?"). Even
    more strange is that you hear a ribbit after talking. To continue,
    talk to the two guards near the exit (well, the entrance).

    You'll find yourself in Guardia Castle (in which there's no evil
    Chancellor waiting to take you to prison). The King will say he's
    found an old wedding album. While the credits pop up, they check out
    what the album contains. You'll see that Frog and Queen Leene from
    600 A.D. married! Therefore, Marle is a...frog!


  5.5 - Good Night
  ----------------

    Use the bucket at the End of Time as soon as you get there. That
    bucket becomes accessible after visiting Spekkio. You can still do
    it after defeating Heckran, but not once you've entered 600 A.D. on
    your search for Magus. You can fight Lavos using Crono and two out
    of Marle, Lucca and Robo.

    This ending features a Nu and a frog, as well as a Kilwala, doing
    all kinds of dumb stuff (i.e. chasing and harassing each other). You
    might fall asleep while watching this ending...


  5.6 - Legendary Hero
  --------------------

    Defeat Lavos after you hear that Tata is a legendary hero (echo),
    but before he admits that he isn't (i.e. when he gives you the Hero
    Medal). You can fight Lavos using Crono and two out of Marle, Lucca
    and Robo.

    The first scene features Robo coming out of a Gate, landing in front
    of Leene's Bell in the future. The bell rings, and Atropos appears.
    They bump in each other just like how you bumped into Marle! Then,
    you'll see them sitting on the Denadoro Mountains. Robo's music then
    fades away, making place for the music you hear in Magus' castle...
    You'll see Tata sitting on the throne in Guardia Castle. He leaves,
    off to find Magus to put an end on the war. However, only to find
    Crono, Marle and Lucca laughing at him...


  5.7 - The Unknown Past
  ----------------------

    You can get this ending after getting the Hero Medal from Tata, the
    fake hero. Be sure to kick Lavos before getting the Dreamstone (i.e.
    before you talk to Ayla in the Chief's Hut. Lavos can be fought with
    Crono and two out of Marle, Lucca and Robo.

    The name 'The Unknown Past' means that this ending mostly shows what
    you're supposed to see if you continued the game (e.g. Reptites
    chasing and getting chased, and more). In the end, Robo will run
    across the screen, and leave to make place for the words 'The End'.


  5.8 - People of the Times
  -------------------------

    Acquiring this ending is possible after you get your Gate Key back
    (i.e. after you defeat Nizbel). Be sure to defeat Lavos BEFORE you
    recruit Frog; it can still be done while repairing the Masamune. You
    can fight Lavos using Crono and two out of Marle, Lucca and Robo.

    While the credits roll, various characters (still pictures) will be
    displayed (alone or in groups). Now I'm not going to write down who
    appears and who not, just see for yourself :). Lastly, the pendant
    and 'The End' will appear.


  5.9 - The Oath
  --------------

    To get this ending, defeat Lavos after you recruit Frog, but before
    you fight Magus in his lair. Lavos can be fought using Crono, Frog,
    and either Marle, Lucca or Robo.

    The ending will start in Lucca's house, where she's repairing Robo.
    Crono's sleeping and Frog's thinking about something. Just when
    Lucca wants to wake Crono, Marle comes in to let him sleep. Frog
    then leaves (but smacks on the ground...), off to Magus' castle.

    In the lair, he shows Slash, Flea and Ozzie what he's made of, and
    finally runs into Magus. Just when the fight begins, the screen
    fades black and credits pop up. In the background, you can hear the
    sound of Frog and Magus fighting... In the end, you'll see a person
    standing on top of the castle. Is it Frog? Is it Magus? We will
    never know...


  5.10 - Dino Age
  ---------------

    To get this rather strange ending, defeat Lavos after you defeat
    Magus in his lair. Be sure to do it before defeating Azala. You can
    fight Lavos using Crono and two others, except for Magus.

    Well, the ending will start just like the game started, except that
    your mom is...a Reptite! Everyone else is too, and the Green Ambler
    (from the racers in Leene Square), who's supposed to be a Reptite,
    is a human now! Weird. This is because you finished the game right
    before helping Ayla to kill the Reptites, and therefore, they are
    now the rulers. In the end, you'll see Azala, but the words 'The
    End' fall on him.


  5.11 - What the Prophet Seeks...
  --------------------------------

    This ending can be acquired by kicking Lavos after defeating Azala,
    and before you fight Lavos in the Ocean Palace. There's only one
    exception, see 5.12 for that. Lavos can be fought using Crono and
    two others, with the exception of Magus.

    This starts with Frog visiting Magus' statue in the Cathedral. Then,
    you'll see some scenes with the people from Zeal, of which there is
    one where Alfador, Janus' cat, meows at the Prophet. You'll also see
    some parts with the party in Leene Square and Crono's house, while
    the Prophet goes through the Ocean Palace, searching for Lavos. I
    also HAVE to quote this...

      QotD: Prophet: "If history is to change, let it change! If the
            world is to be destroyed, so be it! If my fate is to be
            destroyed... I must simply laugh!! I'm coming, Lavos!"

    Lastly, 'The End' shows up, while playing Marle's music.


  5.12 - A Slide Show?
  --------------------

    To get this ending, defeat Lavos after you witness Schala using her
    own pendant to open the door to the throne room in Zeal Palace. But,
    don't place your pendant in the Mammon Machine. If you do, guards
    will block the way out. Lavos can be fought using Crono and two
    others, excluding Magus.

    The words 'The End' appear. Wait, that's all? Of course not. Marle
    and Lucca will decide to start a slide show, commenting various
    characters. After that, Crono appears and is upset (you can actually
    see him talk here!) and the party goes to the present. This is a
    pretty humorous ending, I'd say.


========================================================================
6. Frequently-asked Questions
========================================================================

   1. Q.: What's this?

      A.: In this section, you'll find the most-asked questions, along
          with my answers. Be sure to check this section if you're stuck
          somewhere and BEFORE consulting me or other people... Thanks
          to various people at the GameFAQs message boards for asking
          some of the following questions.


   2. Q.: When I walk into Trann Dome (and some other places), all I can
          see is fog! What the heck is going on?

      A.: You are playing the game using an emulator (this ONLY happens
          on emulators). The problem is the transparency, it's either
          not supported by your video-card or it's not enabled. Solution
          is to remove the third layer, but doing that will also remove
          the text. It is also possible to change the resolution to one
          that supports transparency. For more information, and info on
          how to do this, check the documentation that came with your
          emulator.


   3. Q.: In Arris Dome, when I have to input the password, nothing will
          happen once I input the code! What have I done wrong?

      A.: Again, this is a problem that only happens by emulating the
          game, no, this doesn't happen if you're playing the original.
          The problem isn't your emulator, it's your keyboard, having
          some hardware limitation so that you can't press more than two
          keys (with some exceptions) at a time. Solution is to assign
          multiple buttons (in this case, L and R) to a single key and
          use THAT button. For more information, and info on how to do
          this, check the documentation that came with your emulator.


   4. Q.: After or while doing the switching characters-sequence, the
          game crashes! What's going on?

      A.: This will only happen on emulators. The solution is simple,
          you will only have to enable sound. For more information, and
          info on how to do this, check the documentation that came with
          your emulator.


   5. Q.: This creature, Spekkio, has told me to walk around his room
          three times, clockwise. I've done it, but nothing happens.
          What have I done wrong?

      A.: You'll have to walk around his room THREE times, CLOCKWISE.
          Don't forget you'll have to be touching the walls all the time
          (except for the door)! It doesn't matter if you walk or run.
          In the end, talk to Spekkio, and you'll continue. If it does
          not work, you aren't touching the walls all the time!


   6. Q.: Who the heck is 'Alfador'?

      A.: It's Janus' cat. When you enter the Dark Ages and go to the
          Zeal Palace, you'll meet him with Schala and his cat. Once she
          leaves, you can 'talk' to the cat, after which Janus will say,
          "Don't waste your time. Alfador only likes me." That happens
          to be the only dialog in which the name gets mentioned. Oh,
          after the fall of Zeal, Alfador can be found in the Commons.
          If you have Magus in your party, the cat will follow you!


   7. Q.: I have the clone and I have spoken to Belthasar and I am on
          Death Peak. But this darn wind keeps blowing me back: wherever
          I stand, behind the tree, before it...it just blows me back!

      A.: First off all, you'll have to be behind the tree, so SOUTH of
          it, as close as possible. You'll also have to press and hold
          the up-button while behind the tree. If you still get blown
          back, you're doing one or both of those two things wrong, and
          you're not trying hard enough. A common problem is that when
          you're behind a tree, running up, you slip around the trunk
          because you aren't EXACTLY behind it. In that case, don't run,
          but only hold the up-button when behind a tree, because when
          you run, you go forward, and when you walk, you stay in place.


   8. Q.: According to Gaspar, someone close to me needs help. And I
          have to help this person fast. But who is Gaspar actually
          referring to?

      A.: See section 7.3, in which I'll explain...


   9. Q.: In which order should I do the side-quests?

      A.: Even though Gaspar tells you about the side-quests, that does
          not mean that you should do them in the order he tells you
          about them. It's best to start with the easiest, ending up
          with the hardest: Sun Stone, Cyrus' Ghost, Geno Dome, Rainbow
          Shell, Ozzie's Fort, Sunken Desert. That is only a rough order
          and is debatable. If you use Magus regularly, you might want
          to go halfway through Ozzie's Fort first.


  10. Q.: For The Sunken Desert-side-quest, the walkthrough states that
          there's a desert somewhere, but I do not see it! What am I
          doing wrong?

      A.: In order for this side-quest to become available, you'll need
          to have spoken to the lady from Zeal Palace, and you must have
          told her to secretly plant the sapling. If you've missed that
          part, you can talk to her in the Commons. And if you've told
          her to burn it, you can't do this side-quest anymore for this
          go-through of the game, sorry.


  11. Q.: I've failed in saving Lara from getting her legs crippled! Can
          I go back again and do it RIGHT? And what's the difference if
          you DID save her?

      A.: No, sorry, you can't go back again, but you can go back to a
          previously saved game and start over. That's the only remedy.
          On the other hand, it won't make a very huge difference in the
          storyline: Lara will be standing instead of sitting.


  12. Q.: Can you actually kill Cyrus?

      A.: He's already dead.


  12. Q.: Okay, let me rephrase that. When fighting the ghost of Cyrus,
          are you able to inflict damage until Cyrus' hit points are at
          zero, so that you have actually defeated this enemy?

      A.: There are ways to defeat Cyrus' ghost, and the solutions are
          non-elemental techs! Those techs, Tail Spin and Poyozo Dance,
          are able to damage him, but only for little damage. Yes, there
          is more information on this, but I won't go too in-depth...


  13. Q.: Where do I get Ayla's Iron Fist? Bronze Fist?

      A.: You'll acquire Ayla's fists automatically. She'll get the Iron
          Fist once Ayla reaches level 72. For the Bronze Fist, you'll
          have to be at level 96. The Iron Fist will (randomly) inflict
          Chaos, while the Bronze Fist dishes out 9999 damage at every
          critical hit, regardless enemy's defenses.


  14. Q.: How do you unlock Lucca?

      A.: Sorry, that's a secret.


  15. Q.: Where can I level up quickly?

      A.: The most popular place is the conveyor belt in Geno Dome. The
          enemies there are worth 8286 experience and 144 tech points,
          and 10,200G. Return to this place using the Dust Chute. But!
          Once you defeat the final boss here, you can't return. Then,
          I really recommend to do a New Game + and return to this place
          as soon as possible.


  16. Q.: How do I change the names of my party members? I mean, after
          I've already named them?

      A.: Go to 65,000,000 B. C., to the Laruba ruins. All the way in
          the back, you can find a Nu; talk to it. It'll change the name
          of the one in front of the party. And once you're ready, it'll
          also give you a one-time Silver Rock, enabling Robo, Frog and
          Ayla to do the triple tech Spin Strike!


  17. Q.: New Game +? What is that? Can you eat it? How do you get it?

      A.: You'll acquire New Game + if you complete the game by going
          through the Black Omen once, then finish Lavos (the save-game
          will read 'The Final Battle'. You won't need to have done the
          side-quests. Then, you can start a New Game + instead of a New
          Game, which is exactly the same, except that you'll start with
          the items and experience you already had in the New Game. See
          7.1.1 for more info.


  18. Q.: I like Chrono Trigger. Are there more games like this one?

      A.: Wondering what has happened to Schala? There's a sequel to
          this game, Chrono Cross. You won't need to have played Chrono
          Trigger to understand it although that is highly recommended
          to recognize lots of things and know what most people are
          talking about. You may or you may not like Chrono Cross: it's
          suggested to preview the game first before buying it.


  19. Q.: Where can I find the ROM-dump of this game?

      A.: I don't know.


========================================================================
7. Miscellaneous Information
========================================================================

  7.1 - New Game +
  ----------------

    New Game + can be acquired by defeating Lavos after going through
    the Black Omen at least once. It will be available as soon as the
    ending starts. Upon resetting the game, you will notice the text
    'New Game +' right next to 'New Game'. That's the thing you're
    looking for.

    So, what does it do? Well, it is exactly the same as a regular New
    Game, but you will have the same stats and items as the previous
    game. This way, you won't have to level up or have hard battles,
    which means it goes a lot faster. Also, Lavos can be fought at any
    (almost any) point in the game. The most common reason to use New
    Game + is to see the various endings scattered throughout the game.

    To use New Game +, select it. After selecting it, the game will ask
    you which slot to use; the stats carried over are those from the
    save-game you select. Actually, that's all. Notice that there's a
    shining dot in the right pod of the Telepod, this warps you directly
    to Lavos.

    Things that will not carry over are most of the key items (such as
    the Hero Medal and Masamune), except for the trading items for the
    prehistoric ages, and the Race Log (?). Initial equipment, like the
    Wood Sword, will also disappear. Your money will be taken too, as
    well as the Ozzie, Slash, Flea stuff, the Taban equipment and the
    Green Dream. The rest will carry over.

    This means that if you defeat Magus at North Cape, you will RECEIVE
    his Amulet, so it won't come with him. This way, the Amulet will be
    carried over in a New Game +. It is also suggested to buy a good
    weapon for Frog before ending the game, since his Masamune will be
    discarded. If you want your G, buy a lot of weapons and armor you do
    not need anymore, and sell them in the new game. Yes, you will only
    get half back, but that's better than nothing.


  7.3 - Zeal and the Black Omen
  -----------------------------

    Gaspar: "One of you is close to someone who needs help... Find this
    person...fast."

    One of the unsolved mysteries of Chrono Trigger. The problem is that
    it's unclear who Gaspar actually refers to. Some people think it's
    connected with the second half of the sixth side-quest, and most
    people believe that the person is Queen Zeal. Others think it isn't
    even a side-quest at all, and I'm one of them.

    The main reason why I think this isn't a side-quest, is this. In the
    game, there are 26 chapters (when you save, the save-game will have
    a name; there are 26 of them). When doing the side-quests, you're in
    chapter 25. It will switch over to chapter 26 when get inside Lavos'
    shell, but ONLY if you've gotten there after kicking the Black Omen.
    The Black Omen has to be a part of the storyline, not a side-quest.

    Another reason would be that 'GASPAR:' is displayed before he says
    the sentence above. When listing the other side-quests, that isn't
    the case. When you beat Zeal in the Black Omen, Gaspar won't even
    MENTION the side-quests anymore. This is more proof that it's a part
    of the storyline.

    Also, who would Gaspar refer to? If it's the Black Omen, then it
    would be Zeal. However, Zeal can only be close to Magus, and since
    Gaspar will still say the same when you don't have him in your team,
    that isn't possible. Most likely, this is a mistake made when making
    the script for the game, or a translation error. It should probably
    be, "Each of you is close to someone who needs help... Find these
    persons...fast."


========================================================================
8. Appendices
========================================================================

  8. Introduction
  ---------------

    Well, this is not complete yet...but I'm working on it! All I can
    offer now is a listing of key items and shops, and strategies for
    Spekkio's forms. Once I have time, I'll include more sections, most
    likely starting with techs, then items and equipment, then the rest.


------------------------------------------------------------------------
8.2 - Items and Equipment
------------------------------------------------------------------------

  8.2.1 - Key Items
  -----------------

    These are the storyline-related items. They obviously cannot be sold
    and most of them will not be carried over in a New Game +. Also,
    most will disappear once they're used. I've sorted this list on
    chronological order (in the order you get them in the game). You can
    look without being spoiled for future items.

    - Pendant: a mysterious pendant, worn by Marle, passed down through
      many, many generations. It seems that when this is with you, Gates
      pop up here and there, which make you travel through time.

    - Gate Key: Lucca invented this. While Gates are very unstable on
      their own, with this item it's possible to travel through time
      safely. At least, that's what Lucca says...

    - Seed: found in the refrigerator in Arris Dome. This gives hope to
      the people in the future.

    - Bike Key: given by Doan, this is the key to the Jet Bike in Lab
      32. Without it, you can't use it. If you DO have it, though, then
      you can race Johnny (that's a mini-game).

    - Race Log: this logs the score when doing the mini-game 'Racing
      Johnny!'. You can find it in Lab 32 (instead of racing, just walk
      through the place). Then, talk to Johnny and he'll invite Rx-xR to
      do all kinds of stuff with the log. This, strangely enough, is an
      item that carries over in a New Game +.

    - Jerky: used two times in the game. The first time it's used in 600
      A.D.; the soldiers at Zenan Bridge needed something to eat. The
      cook from Guardia Castle will give it to you when you talk to him
      and leave the castle.

    - Bent Sword: a part of the legendary Masamune, found on top of the
      Denadoro Mountains.

    - Bent Hilt: the other part of the Masamune, which Frog has. You'll
      find it in his hideout.

    - Dreamstone: even if you have both parts of the Masamune, without
      this special stone, you can't reforge the Masamune. Melchior says
      it hasn't been here for a long time, so you might want to go way
      back into time to search for it there.

    - Petal, Fang, Horn, Feather: these things here are used as money in
      the prehistoric era. G isn't worth a bean there. To get these
      items, you can fight enemies (of which there are lots of in the
      Hunting Range) who drop them. Then, you can trade them for useful
      items in the trading hut of Ioka village.

    - Masamune: the legendary sword that the legendary hero should use.
      Note that this is actually an item at the moment it's repaired,
      but once you give it to Frog at the Magic Cave, it'll become a
      'real' weapon that can be equipped.

    - Pendant: once you power this up (by placing it in the Mammon
      Machine), it will gain the ability to open sealed doors, as well
      as the mighty sealed chests with useful stuff. Actually, this is
      Schala's pendant.

    - Ruby Knife: Melchior will give you this knife after you save him
      from Mount Woe. He says that this might be able to stop Queen Zeal
      and her trying to summon Lavos. Once you throw this in the Mammon
      Machine, it'll become the Masamune.

    - Chrono Trigger: I'll quote Gaspar, "Let us call that the Chrono
      Trigger. It is pure potential. By unleashing a specific course of
      events, it can have a powerful effect on time. (...) Like any egg,
      it represents a possibility... It may or may not...hatch. But the
      Chrono Trigger gives you the potential to get your friend back...
      The egg will have an effect equal to the effort you put into your
      search. (...)"

    - Clone: this is a necessary item in the quest to revive Crono. A
      strange person, Norstein Bekkler, can help you get this.

    - Moon Stone: found in the Sun Palace of 2300 A.D. By then, it's
      just a stone, without any power. However, you CAN refill its power
      by placing it in a sunlit spot for a long, long time.

    - Jerky: needed for the quest for the Sun Stone. The mayor of Porre
      is a greedy man, and we really need to do something about that.
      You can buy a Jerky for 9900G at the Snail Stop. If you give it to
      a woman in Porre, something might happen...

    - Sun Stone: the kingdom of Zeal once has such a stone. Before they
      invented magic, this was their source of power. Lucca's brains may
      make something out of this.

    - Tools: stuff needed to repair the Northern Ruins. You can get them
      in 1000 A.D., by talking to the wife of the carpenter.

    - Toma's Pop: you'll get this from Toma. He'll want you to pour it
      on his grave once he's no more. The reward is that he'll then tell
      you where to find the famous Rainbow Shell.

    - Prism Shard: needed to proof the King's innocence (IF he's really
      innocent). Marle will pin off a piece of the Rainbow Shell.

    - Yakra Key: Yakra XIII will drop this after his defeat. You can use
      this to unlock the chest in which the Chancellor is trapped. (The
      reward is that he'll appear in an ending.)


------------------------------------------------------------------------
8.4 - Enemies
------------------------------------------------------------------------

  8.4.3 - Spekkio
  ---------------

    Spekkio is the dude at the End of Time who teached you to use magic.
    You may have already noticed that his forms change as you level up.
    Only the level of the party member in lead matters. You can talk to
    him to fight (you won't gain experience points or something, but you
    DO gain rewards, once per form). After the battle, your hit points
    and magic points are restored. Here are strategies:

    - Level 1-9: Frog

      Easy... Just attack using magic (well, avoid having Robo here) and
      you most likely won't have to heal. No, don't use physical attacks
      as Spekkio's evade rate is 100 percent, and his physical defense
      is almost at its max... Spekkio has 350 hit points, which isn't
      much. For winning, you'll receive a Magic Tab. (Note that you'll
      probably not see this form of Spekkio.)

    - Level 10-19: Kilwala

      Like before, easy. Again, don't use Robo, and only attack using
      magic. If you play your cards right, you don't have to heal, maybe
      only once. Spekkio has 800 hit points, and for winning, you'll get
      Spekkio's special refresher set: a Magic Tab and five Ethers!

    - Level 20-29: Goblin

      If you can't defeat the Goblin, level up until your magic attacks
      inflict at least 220 damage. Once you do, you'll only need to use
      ten of them; just heal when needed. Spekkio has 2200 hit points,
      and will give you his choice set (a Magic Tab and five Mid Ethers)
      should you win.

    - Level 30-39: Omnicrone

      This may be a bit tough... Spekkio's attack inflict quite some
      damage, so cast Lucca's *Protect spell, use a Barrier, anything.
      Also, if you have Marle, cast *Haste. While attacking and healing
      intelligently, Spekkio should go down with a little effort. He has
      4800 hit points. For winning, you'll get his healthy choice set, a
      Magic Tab and five Full Ethers.

    - Level 40-98: Masa & Mune

      This shouldn't be a problem. It's highly recommended to have the
      ultimate single techs (from *Luminaire to *Dark Matter) ready, and
      use them! Spekkio has an instant death-attack, so watch out for
      that. Just unleash those strong techs while healing when needed,
      and you'll be done before you know it... If you can't defeat him
      now, don't worry, at level 98 he'll still be in the Masa & Mune-
      form.

      Your magic attacks will do less damage now, but the drawback is
      that Spekkio receives full damage from physical attacks. Note that
      Spekkio still has an evade rate of 100 percent, so if you use an
      attack that is ONLY physical, it'll miss. Spekkio has 10,000 hit
      points, and winning will net you his graceful set: one of each tab
      and ten Elixirs.

    - Level **: Nu

      On level **, you should have maxed out most of your stats (as long
      as magic and speed are **, you're okay). You should also have lots
      of good equipment; I suggest to equip everyone with Haste Helmets
      and Prism Specs. And if you want, equip everyone with the same
      type of element-absorbing armor (doesn't matter which, preferably
      Lightning). Lucca and Frog are highly recommended to have.

      Well, Spekkio has abnormal magical defense, evades all physical
      attacks, but fortunately, normal defense against physical attacks.
      That means that if you use a physical attack, it will miss. But,
      magical attacks will always hit. So, if you use a dual tech that
      is comprised of a magical AND a physical attack, it'll hit Spekkio
      (because it's also magical) and he'll take full damage from the
      physical attack. That's the key to winning this battle.

      He uses Salt, which heals one party member (eh?), the ultimate
      techs, of which *Luminaire really hurts, and Hallation. Hallation!
      If you use Frog Flares after the Hallations, then you're done in
      three or four rounds! Spekkio has 20,000 hit points. For winning,
      you'll get "enough of Spekkio's praise to last a year!" which is
      his cheerful set, consisting of ten of each tab, as well as ten
      Mega Elixirs!


------------------------------------------------------------------------
8.5 - Shops and Inns
------------------------------------------------------------------------

  8.5 - Notes
  -----------

    To shop, talk to the one that sells goods and a menu screen will
    pop up. There are two options you can choose from: 'Buy', 'Sell' and
    'Equip'. Choose Buy to buy stuff, of which the lists below show you
    what you can choose from. Sell will let you sell items in your
    inventory; note that this does not include key items, accessories
    and some other stuff.

    Equip (hit Down to select it) will let you equip the things you've
    just bought. Below on the screen, you'll see the party members you
    have (those that are grey cannot be equipped yet). While selecting a
    weapon, armor or helmet, some of those characters will start doing
    weird moves; this means that the selected equipment can be equipped
    on those. If there's an 'E' placed near the character's head, then
    that means that he or she is already equipped with that.

    Oh, and to the left is the status bar, which shows how many G you
    have and how many of the selected item you have or have equipped.
    The following listing is chronologically sorted.


  8.5.1 - Leene Square (1000 A.D.)
  --------------------------------

    - Truce Inn, 10G

      Tonic              10G  Item
      Heal               10G  Item
      Revive            200G  Item
      Shelter           150G  Item
      SteelSaber        800G  Weapon      Crono       ATT=15
      Iron Blade        350G  Weapon      Crono       ATT=7
      Lode Sword       4000G  Weapon      Crono       ATT=20
      Karate Gi         300G  Armor       All         DEF=10
      BronzeHelm        200G  Helmet      All         DEF=8


  8.5.2 - Market (Porre, 1000 A.D.)
  ---------------------------------

    - Porre Inn, 20G

      Tonic              10G  Item
      Heal               10G  Item
      Revive            200G  Item
      Shelter           150G  Item
      SteelSaber        800G  Weapon      Crono       ATT=15
      Iron Bow          850G  Weapon      Marle       ATT=15
      Dart Gun          800G  Weapon      Lucca       ATT=7
      Karate Gi         300G  Armor       All         DEF=10
      BronzeMail        520G  Armor       Males       DEF=16
      BronzeHelm        200G  Helmet      All         DEF=8


  8.5.3 - Market (Truce, 600 A.D.)
  --------------------------------

    - Truce Inn, 10G

      Tonic              10G  Item
      Heal               10G  Item
      Revive            200G  Item
      Shelter           150G  Item
      Iron Blade        350G  Weapon      Crono       ATT=7
      Dart Gun          800G  Weapon      Lucca       ATT=7
      Karate Gi         300G  Armor       All         DEF=10
      BronzeHelm        200G  Helmet      All         DEF=8


  8.5.4 - Market (Truce, 1000 A.D.)
  ---------------------------------

    - Truce Inn, 10G

      Tonic              10G  Item
      Heal               10G  Item
      Revive            200G  Item
      Shelter           150G  Item
      SteelSaber        800G  Weapon      Crono       ATT=15
      Iron Bow          850G  Weapon      Marle       ATT=15
      Dart Gun          800G  Weapon      Lucca       ATT=7
      BronzeMail        520G  Armor       Males       DEF=16
      MaidenSuit        560G  Armor       Females     DEF=18
      BronzeHelm        200G  Helmet      All         DEF=8


  8.5.5 - Trann Dome
  ------------------

    - Trann Dome, 0G (Enertron)

      Tonic              10G  Item
      Mid Tonic         100G  Item
      Heal               10G  Item
      Revive            200G  Item
      Shelter           150G  Item
      Auto Gun         1200G  Weapon      Lucca       ATT=15
      Iron Suit         800G  Armor       All         DEF=25
      Iron Helm         500G  Helmet      All         DEF=14


  8.5.6 - Arris Dome
  ------------------

    - Arris Dome, 0G (Enertron)

      Tonic              10G  Item
      Heal               10G  Item
      Revive            200G  Item
      Shelter           150G  Item
      Auto Gun         1200G  Weapon      Lucca       ATT=15
      Iron Suit         800G  Armor       All         DEF=25
      Iron Helm         500G  Helmet      All         DEF=14


  8.5.7 - Market (Medina, 1000 A.D.)
  ----------------------------------

    - Medina Inn, 200G

        Note: Because the Mystics hold a grudge against you, prices are
              raised a LOT. The prices listed here are the 'real' prices
              of the items. In the market, prices will be randomized, so
              ignore the prices listed here.

      Tonic              10G  Item
      Mid Tonic         100G  Item
      Full Tonic        700G  Item
      Heal               10G  Item
      Revive            200G  Item
      Shelter           150G  Item
      Ether             800G  Item
      Iron Blade        350G  Weapon      Crono       ATT=7
      SteelSaber        800G  Weapon      Crono       ATT=15
      Demon Edge     17,000G  Weapon      Crono       ATT=90
      Lumin Robe       7500G  Armor       Females     DEF=63
      Flash Mail       8500G  Armor       Males       DEF=64
      Glow Helm        2300G  Helmet      Males       DEF=25


  8.5.8 - Melchior's Hut (1000 A.D.)
  ----------------------------------

    - No Inn available

      Tonic              10G  Item
      Mid Tonic         100G  Item
      Heal               10G  Item
      Shelter           150G  Item
      Red Katana       4500G  Weapon      Crono       ATT=30, MAG+2
      Robin Bow        2850G  Weapon      Marle       ATT=25
      Plasma Gun       3200G  Weapon      Lucca       ATT=25
      Hammer Arm       3500G  Weapon      Robo        ATT=25
      Titan Vest       1200G  Armor       All         DEF=32


  8.5.9 - Market (Truce, 1000 A.D.)
  ---------------------------------

    - Truce Inn, 10G

        Note: Only if you've saved Fritz back in Guardia Castle. If you
              didn't save him, the clerk will sell what's listed down in
              section 8.5.4.

      Tonic              10G  Item
      Mid Tonic         100G  Item
      Heal               10G  Item
      Shelter           150G  Item
      Red Katana       4500G  Weapon      Crono       ATT=30, MAG+2
      Robin Bow        2850G  Weapon      Marle       ATT=25
      Plasma Gun       3200G  Weapon      Lucca       ATT=25
      Hammer Arm       3500G  Weapon      Robo        ATT=25
      Titan Vest       1200G  Armor       All         DEF=32


  8.5.10 - Market (Dorino, 600 A.D.)
  ----------------------------------

    - Dorino Inn, 50G

      Tonic              10G  Item
      Mid Tonic         100G  Item
      Heal               10G  Item
      Revive            200G  Item
      Shelter           150G  Item


  8.5.11 - Market (Porre, 600 A.D.)
  ---------------------------------

    - Porre Inn, 20G

      Tonic              10G  Item
      Mid Tonic         100G  Item
      Heal               10G  Item
      Revive            200G  Item
      Shelter           150G  Item
      Gold Suit        1300G  Armor       All         DEF=39
      Beret             700G  Helmet      Females     DEF=17


  8.5.12 - Ioka Hut (65,000,000 B. C.)
  ------------------------------------

    - Ioka Hut, 0G (Sweet Water)

      Tonic              10G  Item
      Mid Tonic         100G  Item
      Heal               10G  Item


  8.5.13 - Ioka Hut (65,000,000 B. C.)
  ------------------------------------

    - Ioka Hut, 0G (Sweet Water)

        Note: It goes a bit different here. Instead of trading for G,
              you will have to get Petals, Fangs, Horns and Feathers in
              the Hunting Range or some other places. Those will be used
              to trade.

      Ruby Gun    3 Petals, 3 Fangs       Lucca       ATT=40
      Sage Bow    3 Petals, 3 Horns       Marle       ATT=40
      Stone Arm   3 Petals, 3 Feathers    Robo        ATT=40
      Flint Edge  3 Fangs, 3 Horns        Crono       ATT=40
      Ruby Vest   3 Fangs, 3 Feathers     All         DEF=45
      Rock Helm   3 Horns, 3 Feathers     All         DEF=20


  8.5.14 - Ioka Hut (65,000,000 B. C.)
  ------------------------------------

    - Ioka Hut, 0G (Sweet Water)

        Note: After the defeat of Magus in his castle.

      Dream Gun   3 Petals, 3 Fangs       Lucca       ATT=60
      Dream Bow   3 Petals, 3 Horns       Marle       ATT=60
      Magma Hand  3 Petals, 3 Feathers    Robo        ATT=70
      Aeon Blade  3 Fangs, 3 Horns        Crono       ATT=70
      Ruby Vest   3 Fangs, 3 Feathers     All         DEF=45
      Rock Helm   3 Horns, 3 Feathers     All         DEF=20


  8.5.15 - Enhasa (12,000 B. C.)
  ------------------------------

    - Enhasa, 0G (Spring of Recovery)

      Tonic              10G  Item
      Mid Tonic         100G  Item
      Full Tonic        700G  Item
      Heal               10G  Item
      Revive            200G  Item
      Shelter           150G  Item
      Ether             800G  Item


  8.5.16 - Kajar (12,000 B. C.)
  -----------------------------

    - Kajar, 0G (Spring of Recovery)

      Tonic              10G  Item
      Mid Tonic         100G  Item
      Full Tonic        700G  Item
      Heal               10G  Item
      Revive            200G  Item
      Shelter           150G  Item
      Ether             800G  Item


  8.5.17 - Terra Cave (12,000 B. C.)
  ----------------------------------

    - Inn, 0G

      Tonic              10G  Item
      Mid Tonic         100G  Item
      Full Tonic        700G  Item
      Heal               10G  Item
      Revive            200G  Item
      Shelter           150G  Item
      Ether             800G  Item
      Demon Edge     17,000G  Weapon      Crono       ATT=90
      CometArrow       7800G  Weapon      Marle       ATT=80
      Megablast        9800G  Weapon      Lucca       ATT=80
      MegatonArm     15,000G  Weapon      Robo        ATT=90
      FlashBlade     18,000G  Weapon      Frog        ATT=90
      Lumin Robe       6500G  Armor       Females     DEF=63
      Flash Mail       8500G  Armor       Males       DEF=64
      Glow Helm        2300G  Helmet      Males       DEF=25


  8.5.18 - Kajar (12,000 B. C.)
  -----------------------------

    - Kajar, 0G (Spring of Recovery)

        Note: After your return from Mount Woe.

      Tonic              10G  Item
      Mid Tonic         100G  Item
      Full Tonic        700G  Item
      Heal               10G  Item
      Revive            200G  Item
      Shelter           150G  Item
      Ether             800G  Item
      AlloyBlade     21,000G  Weapon      Crono       ATT=110
      Big Hand       18,000G  Weapon      Robo        ATT=105
      Pearl Edge     22,000G  Weapon      Frog        ATT=105
      Lode Vest        8500G  Armor       All         ATT=71
      Lode Helm        6500G  Helmet      All         DEF=29


  8.5.19 - Last Village (12,000 B. C.)
  ------------------------------------

    - Last Village, 0G (haystack)

      Tonic              10G  Item
      Mid Tonic         100G  Item
      Full Tonic        700G  Item
      Heal               10G  Item
      Revive            200G  Item
      Shelter           150G  Item
      Ether             800G  Item


  8.5.20 - Last Village (12,000 B. C.)
  ------------------------------------

    - Last Village, 0G (haystack)

        Note: After the fall of the Blackbird.

      Tonic              10G  Item
      Mid Tonic         100G  Item
      Full Tonic        700G  Item
      Heal               10G  Item
      Revive            200G  Item
      Shelter           150G  Item
      Ether             800G  Item
      Star Sword     25,000G  Weapon      Crono       ATT=125
      SonicArrow     10,000G  Weapon      Marle       ATT=100
      Shock Wave     11,000G  Weapon      Lucca       ATT=110
      Kaiser Arm     21,000G  Weapon      Robo        ATT=120
      Rune Blade     24,000G  Weapon      Frog        ATT=120, MAG+4
      Hurricane      35,000G  Weapon      Magus       ATT=135
      Aeon Suit        9000G  Armor       All         DEF=75
      Aeon Helm        7800G  Helmet      All         DEF=33


  8.5.21 - Fiona's Shrine (1000 A.D.)
  -----------------------------------

    - No Inn available

      Sight Cap      20,000G  Helmet      All         DEF=30
      Memory Cap     20,000G  Helmet      All         DEF=30
      Time Hat       30,000G  Helmet      All         DEF=30
      Vigil Hat      50,000G  Helmet      All         DEF=30


  8.5.22 - Market (Medina, 1000 A.D.)
  -----------------------------------

    - Medina Inn, 8G

        Note: After clearing Ozzie's Fort. The Mystics here have no
              longer a grudge against you; prices are even cheaper than
              they usually should be!

      Tonic               8G  Item
      Mid Tonic          75G  Item
      Full Tonic        523G  Item
      Heal                8G  Item
      Revive            150G  Item
      Shelter           112G  Item
      Ether             597G  Item
      Iron Blade        262G  Weapon      Crono       ATT=7
      SteelSaber        597G  Weapon      Crono       ATT=15
      Demon Edge     12,684G  Weapon      Crono       ATT=90
      Lumin Robe       4850G  Armor       Females     DEF=63
      Flash Mail       6342G  Armor       Males       DEF=64
      Glow Helm        1717G  Helmet      Males       DEF=25


  8.5.23 - Market (Choras, 600 A.D.)
  ----------------------------------

    - Choras Inn, 10G

      Tonic              10G  Item
      Mid Tonic         100G  Item
      Full Tonic        700G  Item
      Ether             800G  Item
      Mid Ether        2000G  Item
      Heal               10G  Item
      Revive            200G  Item
      Shelter           150G  Item


  8.5.24 - Market (Choras, 1000 A.D.)
  -----------------------------------

    - Choras Inn, 10G

      Tonic              10G  Item
      Mid Tonic         100G  Item
      Full Tonic        700G  Item
      Ether             800G  Item
      Mid Ether        2000G  Item
      Heal               10G  Item
      Revive            200G  Item
      Shelter           150G  Item


  8.5.25 - Black Omen
  -------------------

    - No Inn available

      Mid Tonic         100G  Item
      Full Tonic        700G  Item
      Mid Ether        2000G  Item
      Full Ether       6000G  Item
      HyperEther      10000G  Item


========================================================================
9. Final Words...
========================================================================

  9.1 - Copyright: READ THIS!
  ---------------------------

    Copyright 2002 R. D. 'Phoenix 1911' van Heuven van Staereling

    This document, and everything included within, is protected by the
    international copyright law. It is for private and personal use
    only: it may not be reproduced and/or altered in any way or by any
    means without the express permission of the author. It may never be
    used for profitable or promotional purposes of any kind.

    Chrono Trigger is a trademark of SQUARE Co., Ltd. Copyright 1995
    SQUARE Co., Ltd. The author of this unofficial document is in no way
    associated nor affiliated with SQUARE Co., Ltd. All other copyrights
    and trademarks that are being mentioned in this document are hereby
    respected and recognized as such.

    The author of this document cannot be held responsible for any
    damages and/or harm done as a result of using this document. If you
    are unsure about any of the terms described or about anything else
    regarding the use of this document, you must contact the author of
    this document for more information.

    Permission is only granted to GameFAQs to distribute this file, and
    to you, to download it and view it for your private and personal
    use. All other rights are reserved. Violation of any of the above
    terms can and will result in a lawsuit.


  9.2 - Distribution: READ THIS!
  ------------------------------

    At this time, this file is exclusive to GameFAQs, and ONLY GameFAQs.
    If you happen to have noticed this file being distributed on any
    other location, please inform me of that. I'll show 'em, and I'd be
    eternally grateful to you. My work is something that I'm quite proud
    of, and I don't appreciate it if somebody misuses it.

    I'm sorry, I'm currently not accepting other locations for this file
    to be found at. And again, do not attempt to host this file without
    my permission.


  9.3 - Contact the Author
  ------------------------

    Do you have anything to correct? Know of something that I've missed?
    Found grammar and/or spelling errors? Should I elaborate on specific
    things more? Is something confusing (it isn't, I only made it sound
    that way)? Then don't hesitate to contact me immediately: you'll be
    properly credited and I'll be eternally grateful to you! Even if it
    is a small typo you've noticed, everything is welcome!

    Oh, and use 'Chrono Trigger' or something like that as the subject
    line, so I'll know what you are talking about. Offensive messages,
    flames, spam and anything else in the lines of that category, will
    be laughed at and ignored. You know yourself what is acceptable and
    what not, so don't push it. Constructive criticism, however, is more
    than welcome.

    I can be contacted by e-mail, BUT be sure to have read my guidelines
    above first. If you haven't, I shall slap you. The address can be
    found on top of this document, and I can also be found on some
    GameFAQs message boards using the name Phoenix 1911 (surprise). Here
    is the link to the board, where you will get answers to questions
    faster:

      http://cgi.gamefaqs.com/boards/gentopic.asp?board=8914


  9.4 - Revision History
  ----------------------

    - Version 0.65 (May 20, 2002; 400 kB)

      Some tweaking. I've also gone through the guide and corrected some
      (but not all) STUPID errors. Big corrections for the Black Omen-
      part. Also added the endings (both acquisition and description).
      Hey, this file is EXACTLY 400 kB (409,600 bytes) now...cool!

    - Version 0.6 (Initial Release; May 13, 2002; 377 kB)

      First release. The walkthrough is there (and COMPLETE), as well as
      a couple of other sections. This document does not yet include
      info about the endings and appendices (except for a shop-listing).

    - Version 0.0 (November 02, 2001; 0 kB)

      Began construction of this file. Many, many times of neglection
      and much less times of hard work is the reason why it took so long
      before this guide was completed. Anyhow, it was a fun thing to do:
      hope you enjoy the result.


  9.5 - Acknowledgments
  ---------------------

    First of all, I'd like to thank CJayC for maintaining GameFAQs, as
    well for hosting this file. Without him, this document probably
    wouldn't even exist, as well as a whole lot of other guides! And of
    course, thanks to the developers of the game at Square Soft, for
    making this masterpiece of a game!

    If I forgot to credit anyone or if you claim I've used stuff that
    isn't mine, then be sure to contact me. And thank YOU for reading my
    guide! I hope you enjoyed it. Drop me a message and tell me what you
    think of it!


  9.6 - See Ya
  ------------

    Well then! While this guide isn't complete yet, it turned out to be
    better than I thought. Hope it helped...and stay tuned for updates!

    Copyright 2002 Phoenix 1911
